Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series Bedienungsanleitung

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944

Zur Seite of

Richtige Gebrauchsanleitung

Die Vorschriften verpflichten den Verkäufer zur Übertragung der Gebrauchsanleitung Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series an den Erwerber, zusammen mit der Ware. Eine fehlende Anleitung oder falsche Informationen, die dem Verbraucher übertragen werden, bilden eine Grundlage für eine Reklamation aufgrund Unstimmigkeit des Geräts mit dem Vertrag. Rechtsmäßig lässt man das Anfügen einer Gebrauchsanleitung in anderer Form als Papierform zu, was letztens sehr oft genutzt wird, indem man eine grafische oder elektronische Anleitung von Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series, sowie Anleitungsvideos für Nutzer beifügt. Die Bedingung ist, dass ihre Form leserlich und verständlich ist.

Was ist eine Gebrauchsanleitung?

Das Wort kommt vom lateinischen „instructio”, d.h. ordnen. Demnach kann man in der Anleitung Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series die Beschreibung der Etappen der Vorgehensweisen finden. Das Ziel der Anleitung ist die Belehrung, Vereinfachung des Starts, der Nutzung des Geräts oder auch der Ausführung bestimmter Tätigkeiten. Die Anleitung ist eine Sammlung von Informationen über ein Gegenstand/eine Dienstleistung, ein Hinweis.

Leider widmen nicht viele Nutzer ihre Zeit der Gebrauchsanleitung Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series. Eine gute Gebrauchsanleitung erlaubt nicht nur eine Reihe zusätzlicher Funktionen des gekauften Geräts kennenzulernen, sondern hilft dabei viele Fehler zu vermeiden.

Was sollte also eine ideale Gebrauchsanleitung beinhalten?

Die Gebrauchsanleitung Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series sollte vor allem folgendes enthalten:
- Informationen über technische Daten des Geräts Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series
- Den Namen des Produzenten und das Produktionsjahr des Geräts Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series
- Grundsätze der Bedienung, Regulierung und Wartung des Geräts Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series
- Sicherheitszeichen und Zertifikate, die die Übereinstimmung mit entsprechenden Normen bestätigen

Warum lesen wir keine Gebrauchsanleitungen?

Der Grund dafür ist die fehlende Zeit und die Sicherheit, was die bestimmten Funktionen der gekauften Geräte angeht. Leider ist das Anschließen und Starten von Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series zu wenig. Eine Anleitung beinhaltet eine Reihe von Hinweisen bezüglich bestimmter Funktionen, Sicherheitsgrundsätze, Wartungsarten (sogar das, welche Mittel man benutzen sollte), eventueller Fehler von Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series und Lösungsarten für Probleme, die während der Nutzung auftreten könnten. Immerhin kann man in der Gebrauchsanleitung die Kontaktnummer zum Service Enterasys Networks finden, wenn die vorgeschlagenen Lösungen nicht wirksam sind. Aktuell erfreuen sich Anleitungen in Form von interessanten Animationen oder Videoanleitungen an Popularität, die den Nutzer besser ansprechen als eine Broschüre. Diese Art von Anleitung gibt garantiert, dass der Nutzer sich das ganze Video anschaut, ohne die spezifizierten und komplizierten technischen Beschreibungen von Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series zu überspringen, wie es bei der Papierform passiert.

Warum sollte man Gebrauchsanleitungen lesen?

In der Gebrauchsanleitung finden wir vor allem die Antwort über den Bau sowie die Möglichkeiten des Geräts Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series, über die Nutzung bestimmter Accessoires und eine Reihe von Informationen, die erlauben, jegliche Funktionen und Bequemlichkeiten zu nutzen.

Nach dem gelungenen Kauf des Geräts, sollte man einige Zeit für das Kennenlernen jedes Teils der Anleitung von Enterasys Networks DFE-Gold Series widmen. Aktuell sind sie genau vorbereitet oder übersetzt, damit sie nicht nur verständlich für die Nutzer sind, aber auch ihre grundliegende Hilfs-Informations-Funktion erfüllen.

Inhaltsverzeichnis der Gebrauchsanleitungen

  • Seite 1

    P/N 9033933-15 Enterasys Matrix ® DFE-Gold Configuration Guide Firmware V ersion 6.11.xx[...]

  • Seite 2

    [...]

  • Seite 3

    i Notice Enterasys Networks  reserves  the  right  to  make  changes  in  specifications  and  other  information  contained  in  this  document  and  its  web  si te  without  prior  notice.  The  reader  should  in  all  cases  co nsult  Enterasys Netw orks [...]

  • Seite 4

    ii Enterasys Networks, Inc. Software Li cense Agreement This  document  is  an  agreement  (“ Agreement”)  betw een  Yo u ,  the  end  user ,  and  Enterasys  Networks,  Inc.  on  behalf  of  itself  and  its  Affiliates  (“Enterasys”)  that  sets  forth  your [...]

  • Seite 5

    iii 5. PROTECTION  AND  SECURITY .I n  the  performance  of  this  Agreement  or  in  contemplation  thereof,  You  and  your  employees  and  agents  may  have  acce ss  to  private  or  confidential  information  owned  or  cont rolled  by  Enterasys  rel[...]

  • Seite 6

    iv 9. UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT  RESTRICTED  RIGHTS .T h e  Licensed  Mate rials  (i)  were  de veloped  solely  at  private  expense;  (ii)  contains  “restricted  computer  software”  submitted  with  restri cted  rights  in  accordance  with  section  52 .227 ?[...]

  • Seite 7

    v Contents About This Guide Using This Guide ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ....... ......................... ...xxxiii Structure of This Guide ....... ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ................ ...... ............. ..[...]

  • Seite 8

    vi clear ip gratuitous-arp .......... ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ................ .... ............... 2-33 show system .... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. .. ................. 2-34 show system hardware .... ...[...]

  • Seite 9

    vii set inlinepower psetra p ........... ............. ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............ ............. 2-69 clear inlinepower psetrap .............. ................ ............. ................. ............ ................. ............ . ............ 2-69 show port inlinepower ... ..........[...]

  • Seite 10

    viii Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... .... 2-101 Commands ............... ............. ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ...... ..................... 2 -101 show route[...]

  • Seite 11

    ix clear lldp port trap ... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ .... .................. 3-35 clear lldp port med-trap ........... ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ..... .............. 3-35 clear lldp port location-info [...]

  • Seite 12

    x Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... ...... 4-27 Commands ............... ............. ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ...... ....................... 4-27 show port ju[...]

  • Seite 13

    xi show lacp ... ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ..... .................... 4-58 set lacp ................... ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................. ... ................... ... 4-59 clear lacp state [...]

  • Seite 14

    xii show snmp context .... ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ............. ......... ............. 5-23 set snmp view ......... ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ..... ................. 5-24 clear snmp view ......... ....[...]

  • Seite 15

    xiii show spantree vlanlist . ........ ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. ................ .......... ... 6-16 show spantree mstcfgid ... ............. ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ........ ........... 6-17 set spantree mstcfgid ............[...]

  • Seite 16

    xiv clear spantree newroottrapenable .......... ............. ................ ............. ................ ................ ........... ..... 6-45 clear spantree default ...... ................. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................. ........... ........... ... 6-46 show spantree debug ................ ......[...]

  • Seite 17

    xv show spantree nonforwardingreas on ........ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ..... .6 - 7 7 Chapter 7: 802.1Q VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Summary ........................... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ..... ................. .. 7-1 Port [...]

  • Seite 18

    xvi Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... ........ 8-2 Commands ............... ............. ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ...... ....................... .. 8-2 show po[...]

  • Seite 19

    xvii show route-map ...... ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ....... ............... 8-42 route-map ............... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ...... ................ ... 8-43 match ip address .......[...]

  • Seite 20

    xviii set logging application ..... ............. ................ ............. ................. ............ ............. ............... ..... ......... 10-9 clear logging application ...... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ......... .......... . 10-11 show logging local .............[...]

  • Seite 21

    xix set rmon matrix properties ... ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ........... ......... 11-34 set rmon matrix status ............ ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ................ ... ........... 11-34 clear rmon matrix ....... ..............[...]

  • Seite 22

    xx Chapter 14: Node Alias Configuration Configuring Node Aliases ...... ...... ................. ............ ............. ............. ................ ............. ...... ................. ...... 14-1 Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. .......[...]

  • Seite 23

    xxi Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table ........... ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ........ ......... 16-12 Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... .... 16-12 Commands ............... .[...]

  • Seite 24

    xxii Chapter 18: Network Address Tran slation (NAT) Configuration Configuring Network Address Transl ation (NAT) ...................... ............. ................ ............. ................ . ........ 18-1 NAT Configuration Task List and C ommands ........ ................ ............. ................ ................ ................ . .[...]

  • Seite 25

    xxiii show ip slb conns ............ ............. ................ ............. ................. ............ ............. .............. ......... .... 19-29 show ip slb stats ........ ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ .. ............... 19-30 show ip slb sticky .... ....[...]

  • Seite 26

    xxiv accept-lifetime ........ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............ ................. ....... ............... . 21-10 send-lifetime ....... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .......... ................ . 21-11 ip rip authentication [...]

  • Seite 27

    xxv Configuring IRDP ... ................ ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ....... ............... ........... 21-55 Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... .... 21-55 Comman[...]

  • Seite 28

    xxvi cache ............... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .......... ................ ...... 23-5 faildetect type ......................... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ... ................... 23-5 faildetect .......[...]

  • Seite 29

    xxvii show access-lists ............. ................. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................. ......... ............. . 24-15 access-list (standard) ................ ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ .. ............ 2 4-16 access-list (extended) .......[...]

  • Seite 30

    xxviii set pwa enhancedmode ...................... ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. .............. ...... 25-20 set pwa guestname ...................... ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. .... .......... 25-21 clear pwa guestname ................... ..[...]

  • Seite 31

    xxix set authentication login ........ ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ........ ........ .... 25-51 clear authentication login ........ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ...... ........... 25-52 Configuring RADIUS .... ...........[...]

  • Seite 32

    xxx clear multiauth mode .............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ...... ............. 27-3 show multiauth .............. ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .. ................. 27-3 show multiauth counters .. ....[...]

  • Seite 33

    xxxi 4-3 show port advertise Output Details ......... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .......... ......... 4-34 4-4 show port flow cont rol Output Details .................. ............. ............. ................ ............. .............. ..... ... 4-38 4-5 show linkflap parameters Outp ut Detail[...]

  • Seite 34

    xxxii 19-1 LSNAT Configuration Task List and Commands .............. ............. ................ ................ ................ ... 19- 5 19-2 show ip slb reals Output Details ....... ......... ... ................. ............. ............ ............. ................ . .......... 19-12 19-3 show ip slb vservers Output Details ..........[...]

  • Seite 35

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide xxxiii About This Guide This  manual  explains  how  to  access  the  device’ s  Command  Line  Interface  (CLI)  and  how  to  use  it  to  configure  Enterasys  Matrix ®  DFE ‐ Gold  Series  switch/router  devices. ?[...]

  • Seite 36

    Structure of This Guide xxxiv About This Guide Protocol,  the  Cisco  Discov ery  Protocol,  and  the  IEEE  802.1AB  Link  Lay er  Discov ery  Protocol  (LLDP)  and  LLDP  Media  Endpoint  Discov ery  Protcol  (LLDP ‐ MED). Chapter 4 ,  Port  Configuration ,  describes  how [...]

  • Seite 37

    Related Documents Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide xxxv Chapter 20 ,  DHCP  Configuration ,  describes  how  to  configure  and  display  statistics  for  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol. Chapter 21 ,  Routing  Protocol  Configuration ,  describe s  how  to  [...]

  • Seite 38

    Conventions Used in This Guide xxxvi About This Guide Conventions Used in This Guide The  following  conventions  are  used  in  the  text  of  this  document: The  following  icons  are  used  in  this  guide: Convention Description Bold font Indicates mandatory keywords , parameters or keyboard k[...]

  • Seite 39

    Getting Help Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Guide xxxvii Getting Help For  additional  support  re lated  to  the  product  or  this  document,  contact  Enterasys  Networks  using  one  of  the  following  methods: Before  contacting  Enterasys  Networks  for  tec[...]

  • Seite 40

    Getting Help xxxviii About This Guide[...]

  • Seite 41

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 1-1 1 Introduction This  chapter  provides  an  overview  of  the  Enterasys  Matrix  Series’  unique  features  and  functionality ,  an  overview  of  th e  tasks  that  may  be  accomplished  using  the  CLI  inte[...]

  • Seite 42

    Device Management Methods 1-2 Introduction • Configure  the  device  to  operate  as  a  Generic  Attribute  Registration  Protocol  (GARP)  de vice  to  dynamically  create  VLANs  across  a  switched  network. • Redirect  frames  according  to  a  port  or  VLAN [...]

  • Seite 43

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-1 2 S tartup and General Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  factory  default  settings  and  the  Startup  and  General  Configuration  set  of  commands. S t artup and General Configuration Summary At  startup,  the  Matrix  Ser ies [...]

  • Seite 44

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-2 Startup an d General Configuration T able 2-1 Default Device Settings f or Basic Switch Operation Device Feature Default Setting CDP discovery protocol Auto enabled on all ports. CDP authentication code Set to 00-00-00-00 -00-00-00-00 CDP hold time Set to 180 seconds. CDP interval T ransmit frequen cy o[...]

  • Seite 45

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-3 MAC aging time Set to 300 seconds. MAC locking Disabled (globall y and on all ports). Management Authentication Notifi cation Enabled MTU discovery protocol Enabled. NetFlow collection Disabled NetFlow export version V ersion 5 NetFlow V ersion 9 tem[...]

  • Seite 46

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-4 Startup an d General Configuration S panning Tree edge port delay Enabled. S panning Tree forward delay Set to 15 seconds. S panning Tree hello interval Set to 2 sec onds. S panning Tree ID (SID) Set to 0 . S panning Tree legacy path cost Disabled. S panning Tree maximum aging time Set to 20 seconds. S [...]

  • Seite 47

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-5 VLAN ID All ports use a VLAN id entifier of 1 . WebV iew (HTTP) Enabled on TCP port 80. T able 2-2 Default Device Settings f or Router Mode Operation Device Feature Default Setting Access groups (IP security) None confi gured. Access lists (IP securi[...]

  • Seite 48

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-6 Startup an d General Configuration CLI “Default s” Descriptions Each  command  description  in  this  guide  includes  a  section  entitled  “Defa ults”  which  contains  different  information  than  the  factory  default  settings  on[...]

  • Seite 49

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-7 Using W ebV iew By  default  We b V i e w  (Enterasys  Networks’  embedded  web  server  for  device  configuration  and  management  tasks)  is  enabled  on  TCP  port  number  80  of [...]

  • Seite 50

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-8 Startup an d General Configuration 3. Leave  this  string  blank  and  press  ENTER.  The  device  information  and  Matrix  prompt  displays  as  shown  in  Figure 2 ‐ 1 . Logging in with Administra tively Configured Account If  the  device’ [...]

  • Seite 51

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-9 (c) Copyright Enterasys Networks, In c. 2005 ModuleChassis Serial Number: 1234567 ModuleChassis Firmware Revision: 05. 11.00 Matrix DFE Gold(su)-> Getting Help with CLI Syntax The  Matrix  Ser ies  device  allows  you  to  di [...]

  • Seite 52

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-10 Startup a nd General Configuration remote Show users with r emote SNMP engine ID volatile Show temporary en tries nonvolatile Show permanent en tries read-only Show r/o entries <cr> Matrix(rw)->show snmp user Entering  a  question  mark  ( ? )  without  a  space  after [...]

  • Seite 53

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-11 Abbreviating and Completing Co mmands The  Matrix  Ser ies  device  allows  you  to  abbreviate  CLI  commands  and  key words  down  to  the  number  of  characters  that  will  allow  [...]

  • Seite 54

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-12 Startup a nd General Configuration Ctrl+E Move cursor to end of line. Ctrl+F Move cursor forward one character . Ctrl+H Delete character to left of cursor . Ctrl+I or T AB Complete word. Ctrl+K Delete all characters after cursor . Ctrl+L or Ctrl+R Re-display line. Ctrl+N Scroll to next command in comma[...]

  • Seite 55

    show line-editor Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-13 Commands show line-editor Use  this  command  to  show  current  and  default  line ‐ editor  mode  and  Delete  character  mode. Synt ax show line-editor Parameters None. Default s None. Mod[...]

  • Seite 56

    Startup and General Configuration Summary set line-editor 2-14 Startup a nd General Configuration set line-editor Use  thi s  command  to  set  the  current  and  def ault  line  editing  mode  or  the  wa y  the  Delete  character  is  treated  by  the  line  editor .  Yo u ?[...]

  • Seite 57

    show system login Setting Use r Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-15 Setting User Account s and Passwords Purpose To  change  the  device’ s  default  user  login  and  password  settings,  and  to  add  new  user  accounts  and  passwords. Commands sh[...]

  • Seite 58

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set system logi n 2-16 Startup a nd General Configuration admin super-user enabled no ***access always allowed*** bar read-only enabled yes 00:00 24:00 Sun Sat foo read-write enabled no 08:00 17:00 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri ro read-only enabled no ***access always allowed*** rw read-write enabled no ***access always al[...]

  • Seite 59

    clear system login Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-17 Default s allowed ‐ interv al:  00:00 ‐ 24:00  (all  hours  allowed) allowed ‐ days:  Sun,  Mo n,  Tu e ,  We d ,  Thu,  Fri,  Sat  (al l  days  allowed) local ‐ only:  no. Mode Switc[...]

  • Seite 60

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set password 2-18 Startup a nd General Configuration Default s The  account  is  removed  if  no  optional  parameters  are  entered. Mode Switch  command,  Super  User . Example This  example  shows  how  to  remove  the  “netops”  user  account:[...]

  • Seite 61

    show system password Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-19 The  admin  passw ord  can  be  reset  by  toggling  dip  switch  8  on  the  device  as  des cribed  in  your  Matrix  Series  Installation  Gu ide . Examples This  ex[...]

  • Seite 62

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set system password 2-20 Startup a nd General Configuration Numeric: 0 Special: 0 Password assignment required at acco unt creation : no Allow multiple accounts to share sam e password : yes Length of substrings in previous pas sword(s) not allowed in new password: 0 Allow the same character to appear c onsecutiv[...]

  • Seite 63

    set system password Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-21 Default s aging  =  disable history  =  0  passw ords length  =  8  characters min ‐ requir ed ‐ chars  =  0  characters  for  all  cases require ‐ at ‐ creation  =  No .  P as[...]

  • Seite 64

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords clear system password 2-22 Startup a nd General Configuration If  the  require ‐ at ‐ creation  option  is  enabled,  the  set  system  login  command  will  interactively  prompt  for  a  cleartext  password  upon  creation  of  a  new  use[...]

  • Seite 65

    show system lockout Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-23 Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  options  are  rese t  to  default  va l u e s . Mode Switch  comman,  Super  User . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the [...]

  • Seite 66

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set system lockout 2-24 Startup a nd General Configuration Ta b l e 2 ‐ 4  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output.  These  settings  are  configured  with  the  set  system  lockout  command  (“ set  system  lockout ”  on  pag e [...]

  • Seite 67

    set system lockout Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  login  attempts  to  5  and  lockout  time  to  30  minutes  and  the  inactivity  timer  to  60  days: Matrix(su)->set sys[...]

  • Seite 68

    Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB show mgmt-auth-notify 2-26 Startup a nd General Configuration Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB Purpose This  MIB  provides  controls  for  enabling/disabling  the  sending  of  SNMP  notifications  when  a  user  login  authen[...]

  • Seite 69

    set mgmt-auth-notify Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-27 ssh enabled telnet enabled web enabled set mgmt-auth-notify Use  this  command  to  either  enable  or  disable  the  Management  Authentication  Notification  MIB.  By  se[...]

  • Seite 70

    Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB clear mgmt-auth-notify 2-28 Startup a nd General Configuration This  example  shows  how  to  set  only  the  console  and  telnet  authentication  access  types  to  be  enabled  on  the  Management  Authenti cation  Notification [...]

  • Seite 71

    clear mgmt-auth-notify Managing the Managem ent Authentication Notification MIB Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-29 Matrix(su)->clear mgmt-auth-notify Matrix(su)->show mgmt-auth-notify Management Type Status --------------- -------- console enabled ssh enabled telnet enabled web enabled[...]

  • Seite 72

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear mgmt-auth-notify 2-30 Startup a nd General Configuration Setting Basic Device Properties Purpose To  display  and  set  the  system  IP  address  and  other  basic  system  (device)  properties,  including  time,  contact  name  and  alias,  physical ?[...]

  • Seite 73

    show ip address Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-31 show ip address Use  this  command  to  display  the  system  IP  address  and  subnet  mask. Synt ax show ip address Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This ?[...]

  • Seite 74

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear ip address 2-32 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  ip ‐ mask  will  be  set  to  the  natural  mask  of  the  ip ‐ addr ess  and  ip ‐ gateway  wil l  be  set  to  the  ip ‐ address . Mode Switch [...]

  • Seite 75

    set ip gratuitous-arp Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-33 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IP  gratui tous ‐ arp  process  for  both  requests  and  repl[...]

  • Seite 76

    Setting Basic Device Properties show system 2-34 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  gratuitous ‐ arp  processing: Matrix(rw)->clear ip gratuitous-arp show system Use  this  command ?[...]

  • Seite 77

    show system hardware Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-35 Temp-Alarm Uptime d,h:m:s Logou t ------------- -------------- ----- -------- off 0,19:40:00 10 mi n PS1-Type PS2-Type ------------- ------------- 6C207-1 not installed Ta b l e 2 ‐ 5  provides  an  explanation  of  the ?[...]

  • Seite 78

    Setting Basic Device Properties show system hardware 2-36 Startup a nd General Configuration Example The  following  example  shows  a  portion  of  the  information  display ed  with  the  show  system  hardware  command. Matrix(rw)->show system hardware CHASSIS HARDWARE INFORMATION -----------------[...]

  • Seite 79

    show system utilization Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-37 Lookup DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB Transmit DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB Receive DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB Routing DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB MAC CHIP 0 1 2 Model: FastE net FastEnet FTM1 Revision: 1 1 0 PHY CHIP 0 Model: BCM52 26 Revision: 2 show system utilizatio[...]

  • Seite 80

    Setting Basic Device Properties show system utilization 2-38 Startup a nd General Configuration Name ProcI D 5 sec 1 min 5 min ------------------------------------ ------------------------ CLI 1 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Chassis Data Synchronization 2 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Connection Maintenance 3 1.0% 0.5% 0.5% Hardware Maintenece 4 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Image & Confi[...]

  • Seite 81

    set system utilization threshold Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-39 Router OSPF 40 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router RIP 41 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router VRRP 42 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router DVMRP 43 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router PIM 44 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router PIMDM 45 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router ARP 46 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router LSNAT 47 0[...]

  • Seite 82

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear system utilization 2-40 Startup a nd General Configuration clear system utilization Use  this  command  to  clear  the  threshold  for  sending  CPU  utilization  notification  messages.  Synt ax clear system utilization Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  com[...]

  • Seite 83

    set time Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-41 set time Use  this  command  to  change  the  time  of  day  on  the  system  clock. Synt ax set time [ mm/dd/yyyy ] [ hh:mm:ss ] Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example [...]

  • Seite 84

    Setting Basic Device Properties set summertime 2-42 Startup a nd General Configuration End : SUN NOV 04 02:00:00 2007 Offset: 60 minutes (1 hours 0 minute s) Recurring: yes, starting at 2:00 of the second Sunday of March and ending at 2:00 of the first Sunday of November set summertime Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable ?[...]

  • Seite 85

    set summertim e recurring Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-43 Default s If  an  offset  is  not  spe cified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage These  settings  will  be  non ‐ recurring  and  will  [...]

  • Seite 86

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear summertime 2-44 Startup a nd General Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage These  se ttings  will  start  and  stop  daylight  savings  time  at  the  specified  day  of  the  month  and  hour  each  yea r  and  will ?[...]

  • Seite 87

    set cli compl etion Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-45 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  command  prompt  to  Switch  1: Matrix(rw)->set prompt “Switch 1” Switch 1(rw)-> s[...]

  • Seite 88

    Setting Basic Device Properties show banner 2-46 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s •I f  a  delay  is  not  specified ,  none  will  be  set. •I f  not  specified,  the  cursor  wi ll  not  refresh . Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example ?[...]

  • Seite 89

    set banner Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-47 set banner Use  this  command  to  set  the  banner  message  for  pre  and  post  session  login. Synt ax set banner { login message | motd message } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Re[...]

  • Seite 90

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear banner 2-48 Startup a nd General Configuration clear banner Use  this  command  to  clear  the  banner  message  display ed  at  pre  and  post  session  login  to  a  blank  string. Synt ax clear banner { login | motd } Parameters None. Default s None. Mode[...]

  • Seite 91

    show version Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-49 Bp: 01.00.10 Fw: 05.01.56 2 7G4202-30 GR-A13 Hw: 0 Bp: 01.00.05 Fw: 05.01.56 3 7G4202-30 gr-a5 Hw: 0 Bp: 01.00.10 Fw: 05.01.56 4 7G4202-30 GR-R18 Hw: 0 Bp: 01.00.05 Fw: 05.01.56 5 7K4290-02 0408026231 11 Hw: 2 Bp: 01.00.15 Fw: 05.01.56 6 7H4382-4[...]

  • Seite 92

    Setting Basic Device Properties set system name 2-50 Startup a nd General Configuration set system name Use  this  command  to  configure  a  name  for  the  system. Synt ax set system name [ string ] Parameters Default s If  string  is  not  specif ied,  the  system  name  will  be  cleared.[...]

  • Seite 93

    set system con tact Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-51 set system cont act Use  this  command  to  identify  a  contact  person  for  the  system. Synt ax set system contact [ string ] Parameters Default s If  string  is  not  specif ied,  the  c[...]

  • Seite 94

    Setting Basic Device Properties set length 2-52 Startup a nd General Configuration set length Use  this  command  to  set  the  number  of  lines  the  CLI  will  display . Synt ax set length screenlength Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  show[...]

  • Seite 95

    set logout Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-53 set logout Use  this  command  to  set  the  time  (in  minutes)  an  idle  console  or  Te l n e t  CLI  sessio n  will  remain  connected  before  timing  out. Synt ax set logout time[...]

  • Seite 96

    Setting Basic Device Properties set physical alias 2-54 Startup a nd General Configuration Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  ph ysical  alias  information  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  physical ?[...]

  • Seite 97

    clear physical alias Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-55 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  alias  for  the  chassis  to  “chassisone”: Matrix(rw)->set physical alias chass is chassisone cl[...]

  • Seite 98

    Setting Basic Device Properties set physical assetid 2-56 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  asset  ID  information  for  modul e  1.  In  this  case,  none  has  been  configu[...]

  • Seite 99

    clear physical assetid Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-57 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  asset  ID  for  modul e  1: Matrix(rw)->clear physical assetid m odule 1 [...]

  • Seite 100

    Activating Licensed Features set license 2-58 Startup a nd General Configuration Activating Licensed Features In  order  to  enable  adv anced  features,  such  as  redundant  management,  rou ting  protocols,  and  extended  ACLs  on  a  Matrix  Series  device,  yo u  must  purchase[...]

  • Seite 101

    show license Activating Licensed Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-59 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  the  license  will  be  bound  to  all  modules. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  use  license  key ?[...]

  • Seite 102

    Activating Licensed Features clear license 2-60 Startup a nd General Configuration clear license Use  this  command  to  clear  license  key  settings. Synt ax clear  license  { advanced  |  redundancy }  [ slot  slot ] Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  the  license  settings  will ?[...]

  • Seite 103

    show inlinepower Configu ring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-61 Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Purpose To  review  and  set  PoE  param eters,  including  the  pow er  av ailable  to  the  chassis,  the  usage  threshold  for  each  modul[...]

  • Seite 104

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) set inlinepower mode 2-62 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  device  PoE  properties.  In  this  case,  only  the  modules  in  slots  [...]

  • Seite 105

    clear inlinepower mode Configu ring Power over Ethernet (P oE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-63 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  chassis  pow er  allocation  mode  to  manual: Matrix(rw)->set i[...]

  • Seite 106

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) clear inlinepower available 2-64 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage If  the  total  power  w attage  va l u e  set  with  the  set  inlinepower  assigned  command  (“ set  inlinepower ?[...]

  • Seite 107

    set inlinepower powertrap Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-65 set inlinepower powertrap Use  this  command  to  disable  or  enable  the  se nding  of  an  SNMP  trap  message  whenever  the  status  of  the  chassis  Po E  po[...]

  • Seite 108

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) set inlinepower assigned 2-66 Startup a nd General Configuration set inlinepower assigned Use  this  command  to  manually  assign  Po we r  Sourcing  Equipmen t  (PSE)  powe r  to  a  mod ule  in  the  chassis. Synt ax set inlinepower assigned power-value slot-nu[...]

  • Seite 109

    set inlinepower threshold Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-67 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  power  assignment s  to  all  modules  in  the  chassis: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower assign ed set inlinepower threshold Use  this [...]

  • Seite 110

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) set inlinepower management 2-68 Startup a nd General Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Po E  threshold  to  75  on  module  1: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower thresh old 1 set inlinepower management Use  this  command  to  set ?[...]

  • Seite 111

    set inlinepower psetrap Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-69 Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Po E  management  mode  to  “realtime”  on  module  1: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower manage ment 1 set inlinepower p setrap Use ?[...]

  • Seite 112

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) show port inlinepower 2-70 Startup a nd General Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  Po E  trap  messaging  for  module  1  to  disabled: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower psetra p 1 show port inlinepow[...]

  • Seite 113

    clear port inlinepower Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-71 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  Po E  on  port  fe.3.1  with  critical  priority: Matrix(rw)->set po[...]

  • Seite 114

    Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image clear port inlinepower 2-72 Startup a nd General Configuration Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Downloading a New Firmware Image Yo u  can  upgrade  the  operational  firmw are  in  the  Matrix  Series  device  without  physically  opening  the  [...]

  • Seite 115

    clear port inlinepower Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-73 Testing SDRAM.... PASSED. Loading Boot Image: 01.00.02... DONE. Uncompressing Boot Image... DONE. Press any key to enter System Image Loader menu 2. Before  the  boot  up  completes,  press  any  key .[...]

  • Seite 116

    Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image show boot system 2-74 Startup a nd General Configuration 9. Set  the  terminal  baud  rate  back  to  9600  and  press  ENTER.  10. T ype  setboot  filename  to  set  the  device  to  boot  to  the  new  firmware  image.  In  [...]

  • Seite 117

    set boot system Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-75 Usage The  system  must  be  reset  by  software  for  the  ne w  boot  image  to  take  effect  at  sta rtup.  If  the  chassis  is  powered  OFF  and  then[...]

  • Seite 118

    Starting and Configuring Telnet show telnet 2-76 Startup a nd General Configuration S t arting and Configuring T elnet Purpose To  enable  or  disable  Te l n e t ,  and  to  start  a  Te l n e t  session  to  a  remote  host.  The  Ma trix  Series  devi ce  allows  a  total  of  [...]

  • Seite 119

    set telnet Starting and Configuring Telnet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-77 set telnet Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  Te l n e t  on  the  device. Synt ax set telnet { enable | disable }{ inboun d | outbound | all } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐[...]

  • Seite 120

    Starting and Configuring Telnet show router telnet 2-78 Startup a nd General Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  start  a  Te l n e t  session  to  a  host  at  10.21.42.13: Matrix(rw)->telnet 10.21.42.13 show router telnet Use  this  command  to  display  the  state  o[...]

  • Seite 121

    clear router telnet Starting and Configuring Telnet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-79 clear router telnet Use  this  command  to  reset  Te l n e t  service  to  the  router  to  the  default  state  of  disabled. Synt ax clear router telnet Parameters None. Default s None. Mode [...]

  • Seite 122

    Managing Configuration and Image Files clear router telnet 2-80 Startup a nd General Configuration Managing Configuration and Image Files Matrix  Series  devices  provide  a  single  configuration  interface  which  allows  you  to  perform  both  switch  and  router  configuration  with  the[...]

  • Seite 123

    dir Managing Configuration and Image Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-81 dir Use  this  command  to  list  files  stored  in  the  file  system. Synt ax dir [ filename ] Parameters Default s If  filename  is  not  specified,  all  files  in  the  system  will ?[...]

  • Seite 124

    Managing Configuration and Image Files dir 2-82 Startup a nd General Configuration slot6: Filename: 04.21.03 (Active) (Bo ot) Version: 04.21.03 Size: 5494579 (bytes) Date: FRI JUL 30 08:50:40 2 004 CheckSum: f564c266c3a5907a9f375 0dd17db6999 Location: slot1 Compatibility: 7G4202-30, 7G4202-60, 7G4270-09, 7G4270-10, 7G4270- 12, 7G4282-41, 7H4202-72,[...]

  • Seite 125

    show file Managing Configuration and Image Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-83 show file Use  this  command  to  display  the  contents  of  an  image  or  configuration  file. Synt ax show file filename Parameters Default s None.  Mode Switch,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  [...]

  • Seite 126

    Managing Configuration and Image Files show file 2-84 Startup a nd General Configuration config t write file exit disable exit end router # arp ! # cdp ! # console ! begin ! # ***** NON-DEFAULT CONFIGURATION ** *** ! ! ! # SLOT TYPE # ___ ________________ ! # 1 7G4270-12 # 2 # 3 7H4382-49 # 4 7H4382-49 # 5 7H4382-49 # 6 7H4382-49 # 7 7H4382-49 ! ! [...]

  • Seite 127

    show config Managing Configuration and Ima ge Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-85 ! # cdp ! # console ! show config Use  this  command  to  display  the  system  configuration  or  write  the  configuration  to  a  file . Synt ax show config [ all ] [ facility ] [ outfile outfil[...]

  • Seite 128

    Managing Configuration and Image Files configure 2-86 Startup a nd General Configuration interface loopback 1 ip address 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 no shutdown . . . end configure Use  this  command  to  execute  a  previously  downloaded  configuration  file  stored  on  the  device. Synt ax configure filename [[...]

  • Seite 129

    delete Managing Configuration and Image Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-87 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  Matrix  module  to  which  a  configuration  file  is  downloaded  must  hav e  the  same  hardw are  configuration  as ?[...]

  • Seite 130

    Managing Configuration and Image Files script 2-88 Startup a nd General Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Use  the  show  config  command  as  described  in  “ show  config ”  (page 2 ‐ 85)to  display  current  image  and  configuration  file  names. Exa[...]

  • Seite 131

    script Managing Configuration and Ima ge Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-89 script  file  requ ires  two  argu ments,  a  por t  string  (%1)  and  a  VLAN  id  (%2).  Finally ,  the  scri pt  is  executed,  by  specifying  fe.1.1  as  the  first ?[...]

  • Seite 132

    Enabling or Disabling the Path MTU Discovery Protocol sh ow mtu 2-90 Startup a nd General Configuration Enabling or Disabling the Path MTU Discovery Protocol Purpose To  enable  or  disable  the  path  MTU  (Maximum  T ransmission  Unit)  discovery  protocol  on  the  device.  Because  ports  with [...]

  • Seite 133

    set mtu Enabling or Disabling the Path MTU Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-91 set mtu Use  this  command  to  disable  or  re ‐ enable  path  MTU  discov ery  protocol  on  the  device. Synt ax set mtu { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  [...]

  • Seite 134

    Pausing, Clearing and Closing the CLI cls (clear screen) 2-92 Startup a nd General Configuration Pausing, Clearing and Closing the CLI Purpose To  clear  the  CLI  screen  or  to  close  you r  CLI  session. Commands The  commands  used  to  clear  and  close  the  CLI  session  are [...]

  • Seite 135

    exit | quit Pausing, Clearing and Closing the CLI Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-93 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage By  default,  device  ti meout  occurs  after  15  minutes  of  user  inactivity ,  automatically  closing  you r  CLI  session. [...]

  • Seite 136

    Resetting the Device show reset 2-94 Startup a nd General Configuration Resetting the Device Purpose To  reset  one  or  more  device  modules,  to  clear  the  user ‐ defined  switch  and  ro uter  configuration  parameters,  or  to  sched ule  a  system  reset  in  order  t[...]

  • Seite 137

    reset Resetting the Device Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-95 reset Use  this  command  to  reset  the  device  without  losing  any  user ‐ defined  configuration  settings  Synt ax reset {[ mod | system | nemcpu { mod . n emcpu }] [ cancel ]} Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐[...]

  • Seite 138

    Resetting the Device reset at 2-96 Startup a nd General Configuration reset at Use  this  command  to  schedule  a  system  reset  at  a  specific  futu re  time.  This  feature  is  useful  for  loading  a  new  boot  image. Synt ax reset at hh:mm [ mm/dd ] [ reason ] Parameters Def[...]

  • Seite 139

    clear config Resetting the Device Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-97 Parameters Default s If  a  reason  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example Matrix(rw) ‐ >reset  in  5:20This  example  shows  how  to  sched[...]

  • Seite 140

    Gathering Technical Support Inform ation show support 2-98 Startup a nd General Configuration Gathering T echnical Support Information Purpose To  gather  common  technical  support  information. Command show support Use  this  command  to  display  output  for  technical  support ‐ related  commands. Syn[...]

  • Seite 141

    show support Gathering Technical Support Information Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-99 Example This  example  shows  how  to  execute  the  show  support  command  and  save  the  results  to  slot  1  as  a  support3.txt  file: Matrix(su)->show support slot1/su[...]

  • Seite 142

    Preparing the Device for Router Mode show support 2-100 Startup and General Configuration Prep aring the Device for Router Mode Pre-Routing Configuration T asks The  following  pre ‐ routing  tasks,  as  detailed  in  “ Startup  and  General  Configuration  Summary ”  on  page 2 ‐ 1  and  “ Set[...]

  • Seite 143

    show support Reviewing and Configuring Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 2-101 The  example  in  Figure 2 ‐ 8  shows  how  to: •E n a b l e  routing  for  this  router . • Configure  VLAN  1  on  IP  address  182.127.63.1  255.255.255.0  as  the  routing ?[...]

  • Seite 144

    Reviewing and Configuring Routing show router 2-102 Startup and General Configuration show router Use  thi s  command  to  display  which  module  that  is  currently  running  routing  services.  The  DFE  is  a  distributed  system,  which  means  that  even  though  the  [...]

  • Seite 145

    router Reviewing and Configuring Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 2-103 router Use  this  command  to  enter  router  CLI  mode.  Synt ax router Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  routi[...]

  • Seite 146

    Reviewing and Configuring Routing router 2-104 Startup and General Configuration Router Configuration Mode Set IP prot ocol parameters. Ty p e router an d the protoc ol name (and, for OSPF , the instance ID ) from Global or Interface Configuration mode. Matrix>router (config-router)# Key Chain Configuration Mode Set protocol (RIP) authentication[...]

  • Seite 147

    router Reviewing and Configuring Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 2-105 DHCP Host Configuration Mode Configure DHCP host parameters. Ty p e client-identifier and the iden tifier , or hardware-addr ess and an address from any DHCP configuration mode. Matrix>router (config-dhcp-host)# Note: T o jump to a lower configur[...]

  • Seite 148

    Reviewing and Configuring Routing router 2-106 Startup and General Configuration[...]

  • Seite 149

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-1 3 Discovery Protocols Configuration This  chapter  describes  how  to  configure  the  discov ery  protocols  supported  by  the  firmw are  using  CLI  commands. Displaying Neighbors Purpose The  show  neighbors  command  displays [...]

  • Seite 150

    Displaying Neighbors show neighbors 3-2 Discove ry Protocols Configuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  all  Netw ork  Neighbor  Discov ery  information  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Net[...]

  • Seite 151

    show cdp Enterasys Discov ery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-3 Enterasys Discovery Protocol Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Enterasys  Discovery  Protocol  (CDP),  used  to  discover  network  topology .  When  enabled,  CDP  allows  Enterasys  devic[...]

  • Seite 152

    Enterasys Discovery Protocol set cdp state 3-4 Discove ry Protocols Configuration CDP Authentication Code : 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 CDP Transmit Frequency : 60 Port Status ----------------- fe.1.1 auto-enable fe.1.2 auto-enable fe.1.3 auto-enable fe.1.4 auto-enable fe.1.5 auto-enable fe.1.6 auto-enable fe.1.7[...]

  • Seite 153

    set cdp auth Enterasys Discov ery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-5 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  the  CDP  state  will  be  globally  set. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  global[...]

  • Seite 154

    Enterasys Discovery Protocol set cdp interval 3-6 Discove ry Protocols Configuration A  device  with  the  default  authentication  code  (16  null  characters)  will  recognize  all  de vices,  no  matter  what  their  authentication  code,  and  enter  them  into  its  CDP[...]

  • Seite 155

    clear cdp Enterasys Discov ery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  CDP  hold  time  to  60  seconds: Matrix(rw)->set cdp hold-time 60 clear cd p Use  this  command  to  reset  CDP  discovery  protoc ol  settings [...]

  • Seite 156

    Cisco Discovery Protocol show ciscodp 3-8 Discove ry Protocols Configuration Cisco Discovery Protocol Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Cisco  Discovery  Protocol,  used  to  discover  network  topology .  When  enabled,  the  Cisco  Discov ery  Protocol  allows  Cisco  de vices [...]

  • Seite 157

    show ciscodp port info Cisco Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-9 Device ID : 00E06314BD57 Last Change : WED FEB 08 01:07:45 20 06 Ta b l e 3 ‐ 2  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. show ciscod p port info Use  this  command  to  display  summary  inf[...]

  • Seite 158

    Cisco Discovery Protocol set ciscodp status 3-10 Discovery Protocols Con figuration fe.1.1 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.2 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.3 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.4 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.5 enabled none untrus ted 1 Ta b l e 3 ‐ 3  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set cisco[...]

  • Seite 159

    set ciscodp timer Cisco Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-11 set ciscod p timer Use  this  command  to  set  the  number  of  seconds  between  Cisco  Di scovery  Pr otocol  PDU  transmissions. Synt ax set ciscodp timer time Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch [...]

  • Seite 160

    Cisco Discovery Protocol set ciscodp port 3-12 Discovery Protocols Con figuration set ciscod p port Use  this  command  to  set  the  status,  vo i ce  VLAN,  extended  trust  mode,  and  CoS  priority  for  untrusted  traffic  for  the  Cisco  Discov ery  Protocol  on  one [...]

  • Seite 161

    clear ciscodp Cisco Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-13 •A  Cisco  DP  port  trust  status  of  trusted  or  untrusted  is  only  meaningful  when  a  Cisco  IP  phone  is  connected  to  a  switch  port  and  a  PC  or  o[...]

  • Seite 162

    Cisco Discovery Protocol clear ciscodp 3-14 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  the  Cisco  DP  parameters  back  to  the  default  settings: Matrix>clear ciscodp This  example  sh[...]

  • Seite 163

    clear ciscodp Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-15 Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED The  IEEE  802.1AB  standard,  commonly  referre d  to  as  the  Link  Lay er  Discover y  Protocol  (LLDP),  is  describe d  in  “IE EE ?[...]

  • Seite 164

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear ciscodp 3-16 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Commands Ste p Ta s k Command(s) 1. Configure global system LLDP p arameters set lldp tx-interval set lldp hold-multiplier set lldp trap-interval set lldp med-fast-repeat clear lldp 2. Enable/disable specific ports to: • T ransmit and process received[...]

  • Seite 165

    show lldp Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-17 show lld p Use  this  command  to  display  LLDP  configuration  information. Synt ax show lldp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how [...]

  • Seite 166

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port status 3-18 Discovery Protocols Con figuration show lld p port st atus Use  this  command  to  display  the  LLDP  status  of  one  or  more  ports.  Synt ax show lldp port status [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  no[...]

  • Seite 167

    show lldp port tx-tlv Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-19 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Po r t s  are  enabled  to  send  LLDP  notifications  with  the  set  lldp  port  trap  command  and  to  send  LLDP ‐ ME[...]

  • Seite 168

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port location-info 3-20 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Desc Name Desc Cap Addr Id Id PHY Aggr Frame Cap Pol Loc PoE ------- ---- ---- ---- --- ---- --- - ---- --- --- ---- ---- --- --- --- --- ge.1.1 * * * * * * slg * * * * * * ge.1.2 * * * * * * slg * * * * * * ge.1.3 * * * * * * slg * * * *[...]

  • Seite 169

    show lldp port local-info Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-21 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  local  system  information  will  be  displayed  for  all  po rts. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Y[...]

  • Seite 170

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port lo cal-info 3-22 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Sys Name Optional basic LLD P TL V . V alue is the administrative ly assigned name for the system. Sys Desc Optional basic LLDP TL V . V a lue is sysDescr object defined in RFC 3418. Sys Cap Supported/Enabled Optional basic LLDP TL V . Syst[...]

  • Seite 171

    show lldp port remote-info Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-23 show lld p port remote-info Use  this  command  to  display  the  remote  sy stem  information  stored  for  a  remote  device  connected  to  a  local  port.  Synt[...]

  • Seite 172

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port network-policy 3-24 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Mgmt Addr : 0.0.0.0 Chassis ID : 0.0.0.0 Device Type : Communication Device E ndpoint (class III) Sys Name : AVE0E143D Sys Cap Supported/Enabled : brid ge,telephone/bridge Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled : yes/ yes Auto-Neg Advertised : 10BA [...]

  • Seite 173

    show lldp port network-policy Link Lay er Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-25 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  only  non ‐ default  val u e s  will  be  displayed  for  all  ports  that  have  non ‐ default  v[...]

  • Seite 174

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp tx-interva l 3-26 Discovery Protocols Con figuration set lld p tx-interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  time,  in  seconds,  betw een  successive  LLDP  frame  transmissions  initiated  by  changes  in  the  LLDP  local  sy stem ?[...]

  • Seite 175

    set lldp trap-interval Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-27 Example This  example  sets  the  transmit  inte rval  to  20  seconds  and  the  hold  multiplier  to  5,  which  will  configure  a  time ‐ to ‐ live  of  1[...]

  • Seite 176

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp port status 3-28 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  an  LLDP ‐ MED  endpoint  device  has  connected  to  a  port,  the  network  connectivity  device  starts  sending  LLDP ‐ MED  T[...]

  • Seite 177

    set lldp port trap Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-29 set lld p port trap Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  sending  LLDP  notifications  (traps)  when  a  remote  system  change  is  dete cted. Synt ax set lldp port trap[...]

  • Seite 178

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp port location-info 3-30 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Example This  example  enables  transmitting  LLDP ‐ MED  traps  on  ports  ge.1.1  through  ge.1.6 . Matrix(rw)->set lldp port med-trap e nable ge.1.1-6 set lld p port location-info Use  this  comm[...]

  • Seite 179

    set lldp port tx-tlv Link Layer Discovery Prot ocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-31 Parameters all Add  all  optional  TL Vs  to  transmitted  LLDPDUs. port ‐ desc Po r t  Description  optional  basic  LLDP  TL V .  Va l u e  sent  is  ifDescr  object  defi[...]

  • Seite 180

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp port network-policy 3-32 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  configures  the  management  address,  MED  capability ,  MED  netw ork  policy ,  and  MED  location  ident[...]

  • Seite 181

    set lldp port network-policy Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-33 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage As  desc ribed  in  the  ANSI/ TIA  Standards  document  1057,  th e  Ne twork  Pol i c y  TL V  is  “inten[...]

  • Seite 182

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear lldp 3-34 Discovery Protocols Con figuration clear lld p Use  this  command  to  return  LLDP  parameters  to  their  defaul t  va l ue s . Synt ax clear lldp { all | tx-interval | hold-multipler | trap-interval | med-f ast-repeat } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch[...]

  • Seite 183

    clear lldp port trap Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-35 Example This  example  returns  port  ge.1.1  to  the  default  state  of  enabled  for  both  transmitting  and  processing  received  LLDPDUs. Matrix(rw)->clear lldp port [...]

  • Seite 184

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear lldp por t location-info 3-36 Discovery Protocols Con figuration clear lld p port location-info Use  this  command  to  return  the  port  ECS  ELIN  location  setting  to  the  def ault  va l u e  of  null. Synt ax clear lldp port location-info elin p [...]

  • Seite 185

    clear lldp port tx-tlv Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-37 Default s At  least  one  application  (or  all )  and  one  policy  parameter  must  be  speci fied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  returns ?[...]

  • Seite 186

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear lldp port tx-tlv 3-38 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  disables  the  management  address,  MED  capability ,  MED  network  policy ,  and  MED  location  identification[...]

  • Seite 187

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-1 4 Port Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Po r t  Configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Port Configuration Summary Console Port(s) Each  Matrix  Series  module  or  standalone  device  includes  a [...]

  • Seite 188

    Port Configuration Summary 4-2 Port Conf iguration Switch Port s The  Matrix  Ser ies  modules  and  standalone  devices  have  fixed  front  panel  switch  ports  and,  depending  on  the  model,  optional  expansion  module  slots.  The  numbering  scheme  used  to  [...]

  • Seite 189

    Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-3 fe.1.1-10 This  example  shows  the  port ‐ string  syntax  for  specifying  the  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethernet  port  14  in  the  module  in  chassis  sl ot 3. ge.3.14 This  example  shows  the  p[...]

  • Seite 190

    Setting Console Port Properties show console 4-4 Port Conf iguration show console Use  this  command  to  display  properties  set  for  one  or  more  console  ports. Synt ax show console [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  properties  for  all [...]

  • Seite 191

    show console baud Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-5 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  properties  for  all  console  ports  will  be  cleared. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  h[...]

  • Seite 192

    Setting Console Port Properties clear console baud 4-6 Port Conf iguration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  baud  rate  will  be  set  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  [...]

  • Seite 193

    set console flowcontrol Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-7 Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  the  flow  con trol  setting  for  all  console  port s  will  be  displa yed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This ?[...]

  • Seite 194

    Setting Console Port Properties show console bits 4-8 Port Conf iguration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  flow  control  will  be  clea red  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear [...]

  • Seite 195

    clear console bits Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-9 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  bits  per  character  will  be  set  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  exampl[...]

  • Seite 196

    Setting Console Port Properties set console stopbits 4-10 Port Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  stop  bits  per  character  will  be  displayed  for  all  console  ports.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how [...]

  • Seite 197

    show console parity Setting Console Por t Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-11 Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  stop  bits  per  character  will  be  cleared  for  all  console  ports.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This ?[...]

  • Seite 198

    Setting Console Port Properties clear console parity 4-12 Port Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  parit y  type  will  be  set  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  even  p[...]

  • Seite 199

    show port Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-13 Reviewing Port St atus Purpose To  display  operating  status,  du plex  mode,  speed,  port  type,  and  statistical  information  about  traffic  received  and  transmitted  through  one  or  all ?[...]

  • Seite 200

    Reviewing Port Status show port status 4-14 Port Con figuration show port st atus Use  this  command  to  display  operating  and  admin  status,  speed,  duplex  mode  and  port  type  for  one  or  more  ports  on  the  device. Synt ax show port status [ port-string ] [ -int eresti[...]

  • Seite 201

    show port counters Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-15 show port counters Use  this  command  to  display  port  counter  statistics  detailing  traffic  through  the  device  and  through  all  MIB2  network  devi ces. Synt ax show port counters [ po[...]

  • Seite 202

    Reviewing Port Status show port counters 4-16 Port Con figuration No counter discontinuity time ------------------------------------ ----------------------------- MIB2 Interface Counters ----------------------- In Octets 0 In Unicast Pkts 0 In Multicast Pkts 0 In Broadcast Pkts 0 In Discards 0 In Errors 0 In Unknown Protocol 0 Out Octets 0 Out Unic[...]

  • Seite 203

    show port operstatuscause Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-17 show port operst a tuscause Use  this  command  to  display  the  causes  configured  to  place  operating  status  to  a  down  or  dormant  state  for  one  or  more  ports. S[...]

  • Seite 204

    Reviewing Port Status clear port operstatuscause 4-18 Port Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  operation  status  causes  for  ports  ge.1.1  through  6.  In  this  case,  port  ge.1.6  is  down  due  to  a ?[...]

  • Seite 205

    clear port operstatuscause Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-19 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  override  al l  operational  causes  on  all  ports: Matrix(rw)->clear port operstatuscau se[...]

  • Seite 206

    Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports set port disable 4-20 Port Con figuration Disabling / Enabling and Naming Port s Purpose To  disable  and  re ‐ enable  one  or  more  ports,  and  to  assign  an  alias  to  a  port.  By  default,  all  ports  are  enabled  at  device  s[...]

  • Seite 207

    set port enable Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-21 set port enable Use  this  command  to  administratively  enable  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set port enable port-string Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example Th[...]

  • Seite 208

    Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports set port alias 4-22 Port Con figuration set port alias Use  this  command  to  assign  an  alias  name  to  a  port. Synt ax set port alias port-string [ string ] Parameters Default s If  string  is  not  specif ied,  the  alias  assigned  to  the  por[...]

  • Seite 209

    set forcelinkdown Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-23 set forcelinkdown Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  force  link  down  function.  When  enabled,  this  forces  ports  in  the  “operstatus  down”  stat[...]

  • Seite 210

    Setting Speed and Duplex Mode show port speed 4-24 Port Con figuration Setting S peed and Duplex Mode Purpose To  review  and  set  the  operational  speed  in  Mbps  and  the  default  duplex  mode:  Half ,  for  half  duplex,  or  Full ,  for  full  duplex  for  one  or ?[...]

  • Seite 211

    set port speed Setting Speed and Duplex Mode Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-25 set port speed Use  this  command  to  set  the  default  speed  of  one  or  more  ports.  Th is  setting  only  takes  effect  on  ports  that  hav e  auto ‐ negotiation  di[...]

  • Seite 212

    Setting Speed and Duplex Mode set port duplex 4-26 Port Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  default  duplex  setting  for  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethe rnet  port  14  in  module  3: Matrix(rw)->show port duplex ge.3.14 default duplex mode is full on port ge.3.14. set port[...]

  • Seite 213

    show port jumbo Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-27 Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Purpose To  review ,  enable,  and  di sable  jumbo  frame  support  on  one  or  more  ports.  This  allows  Gigabit  Ethernet  ports  to [...]

  • Seite 214

    Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support set port jumbo 4-28 Port Con figuration set port jumbo Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  jumbo  frame  support  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set port jumbo { enable | disable } [ p ort-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  no[...]

  • Seite 215

    clear port jumbo Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-29 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  jumbo  frame  support  status  for  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethernet  port  14  in  module  3: M[...]

  • Seite 216

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability show port negotiation 4-30 Port Con figuration Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Purpose To  review ,  disable  or  enable  auto ‐ negotiation,  and  to  review  or  set  a  port’ s  advertised  mode  of  operation.  During  auto [...]

  • Seite 217

    set port negotiation Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-31 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  auto ‐ negotiation  status  for  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethernet  po rt  14  in  module 3: Ma[...]

  • Seite 218

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability set port mdix 4-32 Port Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  the  mode  for  al l  ports  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  MDI/ MDIX [...]

  • Seite 219

    clear port mdix Setting Auto- Negotiation and Advertised Ability Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-33 clear port mdix Use  this  command  to  reset  MDIX  mode  to  the  default  setting  of  auto  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax clear port mdix [ port-string ] Parameters De[...]

  • Seite 220

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability set port advertise 4-34 Port Con figuration 10BASE-T yes yes no 10BASE-TFD yes yes no 100BASE-TX yes yes no 100BASE-TXFD yes yes no 1000BASE-X no no no 1000BASE-XFD no no no 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD no no no other no no yes pause yes yes no Apause no no no Spause no no no Bpause no no no Ta b [...]

  • Seite 221

    clear port advertise Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-35 Parameters Default s At  least  one  optional  parameter  must  be  specified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  fe.3.4  [...]

  • Seite 222

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability clear port advertise 4-36 Port Con figuration Default s If  not  specified,  all  modes  of  advertised  ability  will  be  cleared.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  all  advertised [...]

  • Seite 223

    show port flowcontrol Setting Flow Contro l Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-37 Setting Flow Control Purpose To  review ,  enable  or  disable  port  flow  control.  Flo w  control  is  used  to  manage  the  transmission  between  tw o  devices  as  specified  by[...]

  • Seite 224

    Setting Flow Control set port flowcontrol 4-38 Port Con figuration Ta b l e 4 ‐ 4  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set port flowcontrol Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  flow  control  settings  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set port flowcontrol po[...]

  • Seite 225

    show port trap Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-39 Configuring Link T rap s and Link Flap Detection Purpose To  disable  or  re ‐ enable  link  traps  and  to  configure  the  link  flapping  detection  function.  By  default,  al[...]

  • Seite 226

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection set port trap 4-40 Port Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  link  trap  status  for  fe.3.1  through  4: Matrix(rw)->show port trap fe.3.1-4 Link traps enabled on port fe.3.1. Link traps [...]

  • Seite 227

    show linkflap Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-41 Parameters Default s •I f  not  specified,  information  about  all  link  flap  detection  settings  will  be  display ed. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  inform[...]

  • Seite 228

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection show linkflap 4-42 Port Con figuration Linkflap Port Settable Parameter Tab le (X means error occurred) Port LF Status Actions Thresh old Interval Downtime -------- --------- ------- ------ ---- ---------- ---------- ge.1.1 disabled ....... 10 5 300 ge.1.2 enabled D..S..T 3 5 300 ge.1.3 disabled ...S.[...]

  • Seite 229

    set linkflap globalstate Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-43 set linkflap globalst ate Use  this  command  to  globally  enable  or  disable  the  link  flap  detection  function.  By  default,  the  function  is  disabled [...]

  • Seite 230

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection set linkflap interval 4-44 Port Con figuration set linkflap interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  time  interval  (in  seconds)  for  accumulating  link  down  transitions. Synt ax set linkflap interval port-string in terval_value Parameters Default s Non[...]

  • Seite 231

    clear linkflap action Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-45 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  link  flap  violation  action  on  port  fe.1.4  to  generating  a  Sysl[...]

  • Seite 232

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection set linkflap downtime 4-46 Port Con figuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  link  flap  threshold  on  port  fe.1.4  to  5: Matrix(rw)->set linkflap threshold f[...]

  • Seite 233

    clear linkflap down Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-47 clear linkflap down Use  this  command  to  toggle  link  fl ap  disabled  ports  to  operational. Synt ax clear linkflap down [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is [...]

  • Seite 234

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection clear link flap 4-48 Port Con figuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  link  flap  options  on  port  fe.1 .4: Matrix(rw)->clear linkflap all fe.1. 4[...]

  • Seite 235

    show port broadcast Configuring Broadcast Supp ression Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-49 Configuring Broadcast Suppression Purpose To  review ,  disable  or  set  the  broadcas t  thresholds  on  one  or  mo re  ports.  This  limits  the  amount  of  receiv ed  broadc[...]

  • Seite 236

    Configuring Broadcast Suppression set port broadcast 4-50 Port Con figuration set port broadcast Use  this  command  to  set  the  broadcast  suppression  limit,  in  pac kets  per  second,  on  one  or  more  ports.  This  sets  a  threshold  on  the  broadcast  traffic [...]

  • Seite 237

    clear port broadcast Configuring Broadcast Suppression Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-51 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  both  threshold  and  peak  settings  will  be  cleared. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  broadcast [...]

  • Seite 238

    Configuring Port Mirroring show port mirroring 4-52 Port Con figuration Configuring Port Mirroring The  Matrix  device  allows  you  to  mirror  (or  redirec t)  the  traffic  being  switched  on  a  port  for  the  purposes  of  netw ork  traffic  analysis  and  connection [...]

  • Seite 239

    set port mirroring Configuring Port Mirroring Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-53 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  port  mirroring  information.  In  thi s  case,  fe.1 .4  is  configured  [...]

  • Seite 240

    Configuring Port Mirroring clear port mirroring 4-54 Port Con figuration Default s If  not  specified,  both  receiv ed  and  transmitted  frames  will  be  mirrore d. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  enable  port  mirroring  of  transmi[...]

  • Seite 241

    clear port mirroring Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-55 Configuring LACP Using  multiple  links  simultaneously  to  increase  bandwidth  is  a  desirable  switch  feature,  which  can  be  accomplished  if  both  sides  agree  on  a  set  [...]

  • Seite 242

    Configuring LACP clear port mirroring 4-56 Port Con figuration •A  means  of  identifying  the  set  of  capabi lities  associated  with  each  port  and  with  each  aggregator ,  as  understood  by  a  given  device. •A  means  of  identifying  a  LAG  and  it[...]

  • Seite 243

    clear port mirroring Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-57 by  comparing  operational  keys.  Aggregator  ports  allow  only  underlying  ports  with  keys  matching  theirs  to  join  their  LAG. LACP  uses  a  system  priority  va l u e  to [...]

  • Seite 244

    Configuring LACP show lacp 4-58 Port Con figuration show lacp Use  this  command  to  display  the  global  LACP  enable  state,  or  to  display  information  about  one  or  more  aggregator  ports.  Synt ax show lacp [ state | port-string ] Parameters Default s •I f  state  is ?[...]

  • Seite 245

    set lacp Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-59 Actor Partner System Identifier: 00:e0:63:9d:b5:8 7 00:00:00:00:00:00 System Priority: 3276 8 32768 Admin Key: 3276 8 Oper Key: 3276 8 32768 Attached Ports: None. Ta b l e 4 ‐ 9  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set lacp U[...]

  • Seite 246

    Configuring LACP clear lacp state 4-60 Port Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  LACP: Matrix(rw)->set lacp disable clear lacp st ate Use  this  command  to  reset  LACP  to  the  defa ult  state  of  enabled. Synt ax cle[...]

  • Seite 247

    set lacp aadminkey Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-61 Usage Only  one  LACP  system  priority  can  be  set  on  a  Matrix  Series  device,  using  either  this  command,  or  the  set  port  lacp  command  (“ set  port  lacp ” ?[...]

  • Seite 248

    Configuring LACP set lacp static 4-62 Port Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  actor  admin  key  for  LAG  port  4: Matrix(rw)->clear lacp aadminkey lag .0.484 set lacp st atic Use  this  command  to [...]

  • Seite 249

    clear lacp static Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-63 Example This  example  shows  how  to  add  port  fe. 1.6  to  the  LAG  of  aggregator  port  4: Matrix(rw)->set lacp static lag.0.48 4 fe.1.6 clear lacp st atic Use  this  command  to  remove  s[...]

  • Seite 250

    Configuring LACP set singleportlag 4-64 Port Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  status  of  the  single  port  LAG  function: Matrix(rw)->show lacp singleportlag Single Port LAGs: enabl ed set singleportlag Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  th[...]

  • Seite 251

    show port lacp Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-65 show port lacp Use  this  command  to  display  link  aggregation  informatio n  for  one  or  more  underlying  physical  ports. Synt ax show port lacp port port-string {[ status { det ail | summary }] | [ counters ][...]

  • Seite 252

    Configuring LACP set port lacp 4-66 Port Con figuration Matrix(rw)->show port lacp port fe.1 .12 status summary Port AggrActor System Partner System Pri: Sys tem ID: Key: Pri: System ID : Key: fe.1.12 none [(32768,00e0639db587,32768),(32768,0000000000 00, 1411)] This  example  shows  how  to  display  LACP  counters  for [...]

  • Seite 253

    set port lacp Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-67 Default s •A t  least  one  parameter  must  be  entered  per  port ‐ string. •I f  enable  or  disable  are  not  specified,  port(s)  will  be  enabled  with  the  LACP  parameters  e[...]

  • Seite 254

    Configuring LACP clear port lacp 4-68 Port Con figuration partners  maintain  current  status  of  the  other  via  LACPDUs  containing  information  about  their  ports’  LACP  status  and  operational  state. Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  actor  adm[...]

  • Seite 255

    show lacp flowRegeneration Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-69 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  link  aggregation  parameters  for  port  ge.3.16: Matrix(rw)->clear port lacp port ge. 3.16 show lacp flowR[...]

  • Seite 256

    Configuring LACP clear lacp flowRegeneration 4-70 Port Con figuration Usage When  enabled  and  a  new  port  joins  a  link  aggregation  group  (LAG),  LACP  will  redistri bute  all  existing  flows  over  the  LAG.  It  wi ll  also  attempt  to  load  balance  e[...]

  • Seite 257

    set lacp outportAlgorithm Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-71 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  current  LACP: Matrix(rw)->show lacp outportAlgorit hmoutport algorithm dip-sip set lacp outportAlgorithm Use  this  command  to  set  the  algorithm [...]

  • Seite 258

    Configuring LACP clear lacp outportAlgorithm 4-72 Port Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  LACP  outport  algorithm  to  DIP ‐ SIP: Matrix(rw)->clear lacp outportAlgori thm[...]

  • Seite 259

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-1 5 SNMP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Simple  Network  Management  Protocol  (SNMP)  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. SNMP Configuration Summary SNMP  is  an  application ‐ layer  protocol  that  fa[...]

  • Seite 260

    SNMP Configuration Summary 5-2 SNMP Configuration SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c The  components  of  SNMPv1  and  SNMPv2c  network  management  fall  into  thr ee  categories:  •M a n a g e d  devices  (such  as  a  sw itch)  •S N M P  agents  and  MIBs,  including  SNMP  traps,  c[...]

  • Seite 261

    SNMP Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-3 Using SNMP Context s to Access S pecific MIBs By  default,  when  operating  from  the  switch  CLI,  Matrix  Series  devices  allow  access  to  all  SNMP  MIBs  or  contexts.  A  context  is  a [...]

  • Seite 262

    SNMP Configuration Summary 5-4 SNMP Configuration Complete  an  SNMPv2  trap  configuration  on  a  Matrix  Series  device  as  follows: 1. Create  a  commun ity  name  that  will  act  as  an  SNMP  user  password. 2. Create  an  SNMP  target  parameters  entry  to[...]

  • Seite 263

    show snmp engineid Reviewing SNMP Statistics Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-5 How SNMP Will Use This Configuration In  order  to  send  a  trap/notification  requested  by  a  MIB  code,  the  SNMP  agent  requires  the  equiv alent  of  a  trap  “door ”,  a[...]

  • Seite 264

    Reviewing SNMP Statistics show snmp counters 5-6 SNMP Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  SNMP  engine  properties: Matrix(rw)->show snmp engineid EngineId: 80:00:15:f8:03:00:e0:63:9d :b5:87 Engine Boots = 12 Engine Time = 162181 Max Ms[...]

  • Seite 265

    show snmp counters Reviewing SNMP Statistics Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-7 snmpOutPkts = 396601 snmpInBadVersions = 0 snmpInBadCommunityNames = 0 snmpInBadCommunityUses = 0 snmpInASNParseErrs = 0 snmpInTooBigs = 0 snmpInNoSuchNames = 0 snmpInBadValues = 0 snmpInReadOnlys = 0 snmpInGenErrs = 0 snmpInTotalReqVars = 403661 [...]

  • Seite 266

    Reviewing SNMP Statistics show snmp counters 5-8 SNMP Configuration snmpInGe nErrs Number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol entit y with the value of t he error-stat us field as “gen Err .” snmpInT otalReqV ars Number of MIB objects retr ieved successfully by the SNMP protocol entity as the result of receiving va lid SNMP Get-Request [...]

  • Seite 267

    show snmp counters Reviewing SNMP Statistics Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-9 usmS tats NotInTimeWindows Number of packets received by the SN MP engine that were dropped because they appeared outside of the authori tative SNMP engine's window . usmS tat sUnknownUserNames Number of packet s rece ived by the SN MP engine[...]

  • Seite 268

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities show snmp user 5-10 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP Users, Group s and Communities Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  users,  groups  and  v1  and  v2  communities.  These  are  defined  as  follows: •U s e r  —  A  person  reg[...]

  • Seite 269

    show snmp user Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-11 •I f  user  is  not  specified,  information  about  all  SNMP  users  will  be  displayed. •I f  remote  is  not  specified,  user  information  about  the  loca[...]

  • Seite 270

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities set snmp user 5-12 SNMP Configurat ion set snmp user Use  this  command  to  create  a  new  SNMPv3  user . Synt ax set snmp user user [ remote remoteid ] [ authentica tion { md5 | sha }] [ authpassword ] [ privacy privpassword ] [ volatile | n onvolatile ] Parameters Default s [...]

  • Seite 271

    show snmp group Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-13 Default s If  remote  is  not  specified ,  the  user  will  be  remov ed  from  the  local  SNMP  eng ine. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  [...]

  • Seite 272

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities set snmp group 5-14 SNMP Configurat ion Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Security model = SNMPv1 Security/user name = public.rou ter Group name = Anyone Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Ta b l e 5 ‐ 6  shows  a  detailed  explanation  of  the  comman[...]

  • Seite 273

    clear snmp group Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-15 Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  an  SNMP  group  called  “anyone”,  assi gn  a  user  named  “public”  and  assign  SNMPv3  security  to  the[...]

  • Seite 274

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities set snmp community 5-16 SNMP Configurat ion Example This  example  shows  how  to  displ ay  information  about  the  SNMP  “public”  community  name.  For  a  description  of  this  output,  refer  to  “ set  snmp  community ?[...]

  • Seite 275

    clear snmp community Configuring SN MP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-17 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  an  SNMP  community  name  called  “vip”: Matrix(rw)->set snmp community vip This  example  shows  how  to  grant  SNMP[...]

  • Seite 276

    Configuring SNMP Access Rights show snmp access 5-18 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP Access Right s Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  access  rights  and  assign  viewing  privileges  and  securi ty  levels  to  SNMP  user  groups. Commands show snmp access Use  this  command [...]

  • Seite 277

    show snmp access Configuring SNMP Access Rights Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-19 •I f  volatile ,  nonvolatile  or  read ‐ only  are  not  specif ied,  all  entries  of  all  storage  types  wil l  be  display ed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example T[...]

  • Seite 278

    Configuring SNMP Access Rights set snmp access 5-20 SNMP Configurat ion set snmp access Use  this  command  to  set  an  SNMP  access  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp access groupname security-m odel { v1 | v2c | usm } [ noauthentication | authentication | privacy ] [ context c ontext ] [ exact | prefix ] [ read read ] [[...]

  • Seite 279

    clear snmp access Configuring SNMP Access Rights Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-21 •I f  write  view  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  notify  view  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  storage  type  is  not  specif[...]

  • Seite 280

    Configuring SNMP MIB Views show snmp view 5-22 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP MIB V iews Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  MIB  views.  SNMP  views  map  SNMP  objects  to  access  rights. Commands show snmp view Use  this  command  to  display  the  MIB  configurat ion ?[...]

  • Seite 281

    show snmp cont ext Configuring SNMP MIB Views Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-23 View Type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active View Name = All Subtree OID = 0.0 Subtree mask = View Type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active View Name = Network Subtree OID = 1.3.6.1.2.1 Subtree mask =[...]

  • Seite 282

    Configuring SNMP MIB Views set snmp view 5-24 SNMP Configurat ion Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage An  SNMP  context  is  a  collection  of  management  information  that  can  be  accessed  by  an  SNMP  agent  or  entity .  The  default  context  allows  all ?[...]

  • Seite 283

    clear snmp view Configuring SNMP MIB Views Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  an  SNMP  MI B  view  to  “public”  with  a  subtree  name  of  1.3.6. 1  included: Matrix(rw)->set snmp view viewname p ublic subtree 1.3.6.1 [...]

  • Seite 284

    Configuring SNMP Target Parameters show snmp targetparams 5-26 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP T arget Parameters Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  target  parameters.  This  controls  where  and  under  what  circumstances  SNMP  notifications  will  be  se nt.  A  target [...]

  • Seite 285

    set snmp targetparams Configuring SNMP Target Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-27 Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Target Parameter Name = v2cExample Params Security Name = public Message Proc. Model = SNMPv2c Security Level = noAuthNoPr iv Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Target Param[...]

  • Seite 286

    Configuring SNMP Target Parameters clear snmp tar getparams 5-28 SNMP Configurat ion Default s None. •I f  not  specified,  security  lev el  will  be  set  to  noa uthenticatio n.  •I f  not  specified,  storage  type  will  be  set  to  nonvolatile . Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Seite 287

    show snmp targetaddr Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-29 Configuring SNMP T arget Addresses Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  target  addresses  which  will  receive  SNMP  notif icati on  messages.  An  address  conf iguration  can  [...]

  • Seite 288

    Configuring SNMP Target Addresses set snmp targetaddr 5-30 SNMP Configurat ion Retry count = 4 Parameters = v2cParams Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Ta b l e 5 ‐ 10  shows  a  detailed  explanation  of  the  command  output. set snmp t arget addr Use  this  command  to  configure  an  SNM[...]

  • Seite 289

    clear snmp targetaddr Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-31 Default s •I f  not  specified,  udpport  will  be  set  to  162 . •I f  not  specified,  mask  wi ll  be  set  to  255.255.255.255 •I f  not  specified,  timeout  will [...]

  • Seite 290

    Configuring SNMP Target Addresses clear snmp targetaddr 5-32 SNMP Configurat ion Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  SNMP  target  address  entry  “tr ”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp targetaddr tr[...]

  • Seite 291

    show snmp notify Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-33 Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Purpose To  configure  SNMP  notification  parameters  and  optional  filters .  Notifica tions  are  entities  which  handle  the  generation  of [...]

  • Seite 292

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters show snmp notify 5-34 SNMP Configurat ion Parameters Default s •I f  a  notify  name  is  not  specified,  all  entries  will  be  displayed. •I f  volatile ,  nonvolatile  or  read ‐ only  are  not  specif ied,  all  storage  type  entr[...]

  • Seite 293

    set snmp notify Configuring SNMP Notification Par ameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-35 set snmp notify Use  this  command  to  set  the  SNMP  notify  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp notify notify tag tag [ trap | inform ] [ volatile | nonvolatile ] Parameters Default s •I f  not  sp[...]

  • Seite 294

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters show snmp notifyfilter 5-36 SNMP Configurat ion Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  SNMP  notify  configuration  fo r  “hello”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp notify hello show snmp notifyfilter Us[...]

  • Seite 295

    set snmp notifyfilter Configuring SNMP Notifica tion Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-37 set snmp notifyfilter Use  this  command  to  create  an  SN MP  notify  filter  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp notifyfilter profile subtre e oid-or-mibobject [ mask mask ] [ included | excluded [...]

  • Seite 296

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters show snmp notifyprofile 5-38 SNMP Configurat ion Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  the  SNMP  notify  filter  “pilot1”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6 show snmp notifyp[...]

  • Seite 297

    set snmp notifyprofile Configuring SNMP Notification Para meters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-39 set snmp notifyprofile Use  this  command  to  create  an  SN MP  notify  filter  profile  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp notifyprofile profile targe tparam targetparam [ volatile | nonvolati[...]

  • Seite 298

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters clear snmp notifyprofile 5-40 SNMP Configurat ion Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  SNMP  notify  profile  “area51”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams[...]

  • Seite 299

    set snmp timefilter break Configuring SNMP Walk Behavior Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-41 Configuring SNMP W alk Behavior Purpose To  configure  SNMP  wa l k  behavior . Commands set snmp timefilter break Use  this  command  to  set  SNMP  to  exit  the  MIB  wal k  after  th[...]

  • Seite 300

    Configuring SNMP Walk Behavior set snmp timefilter break 5-42 SNMP Configurat ion[...]

  • Seite 301

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-1 6 Spanning T ree Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Spanning  Tr e e  Configuratio n  set  of  command s  and  how  to  use  them. Overview: Single, Rapid and Multiple S p anning T ree Protocols The  IEEE  802.1D  Spanning  Tr [...]

  • Seite 302

    Overview: Single, Rapid and Mult iple Spanning T ree Protocols 6-2 Spannin g Tree Configuration For  details  on  creating  Spanning  Tr e e  instances,  refe r  to  “ set  spantree  msti ”  on  page 6 ‐ 14. For  details  on  mapping  Spanning  Tr e e  instances  to  VLANs,  re[...]

  • Seite 303

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-3 •D i s a b l i n g  a  port  based  on  frequency  of  failure  events Po r t  forw arding  state  in  the  designated  port  is  gated  by  a  timer  that  is  set  upon  BP[...]

  • Seite 304

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters 6-4 Spannin g Tree Configuration clear spantree version 6-10 show spantree stpmode 6-10 set spantree stpmode 6-1 1 clear spantree stpmode 6-1 1 show spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-12 set spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-12 clear spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-13 show spantree mstilist 6-13 set spantree msti[...]

  • Seite 305

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-5 set spantree autoedge 6-29 clear spantree autoedge 6-29 show spantree legacypathcost 6-30 set spantree legacypathcost 6-30 clear spantree legacypathcost 6-31 show spantree tctrapsuppress 6-31 set spantree tctrapsuppress 6-32 clear spantree tctrapsu[...]

  • Seite 306

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree stats 6-6 Spannin g Tree Configuration show sp antree st at s Use  this  command  to  display  Spanning  Tr e e  information  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show spantree stats [ port port-string ] [ sid sid ] [ ac tive ] Parameters Default s •I f ?[...]

  • Seite 307

    show spantree stats Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-7 Bridge Max Age - 20 se c Bridge Hello Time - 2 se c Bridge Forward Delay - 15 se c Topology Change Count - 7 Time Since Top Change - 00 da ys 03:19:15 Max Hops - 20 Ta b l e 6 ‐ 1  shows  a  detailed  explanation ?[...]

  • Seite 308

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree stats 6-8 Spannin g Tree Configuration This  example  shows  how  to  display  port ‐ specif ic  Spanning  Tr e e  information  for  port  ge.1.1.  Ta b l e 6 ‐ 2  describes  the  port ‐ specific  information  displayed. Matrix(rw)-[...]

  • Seite 309

    show spantree version Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-9 show sp antree version Use  this  command  to  display  the  current  version  of  the  Spanning  Tree  protocol  running  on  the  device. Synt ax show spantree version Paramete[...]

  • Seite 310

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clea r spantree version 6-10 Spanning Tr ee Configuration mode  will  cause  the  bridge  to  transmit  only  802.1D  BPDUs,  and  will  prevent  non ‐ edge  ports  fr om  rapidly  transitioning  to  forw arding  state. Example This  example[...]

  • Seite 311

    set spantree stpmode Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  STP  mod e: Matrix(rw)->show spantree stpmode Bridge Stp Mode is set to ieee8021 set sp antree stpmode Use  this  command  to  globall[...]

  • Seite 312

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Paramete rs show spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-12 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  STP  mode  to  IEEE  802.1: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree stpmode show sp antree maxconfigurablestp s Use  this  command  to  display  the[...]

  • Seite 313

    clear spantree maxconfigurablestps Conf iguring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-13 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  STP  max  configs  to  8: Matrix(rw)->set spantree maxconfigur ablestps 8 clear sp antree maxconfigurablestp s Use  this ?[...]

  • Seite 314

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree msti 6-14 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree msti Use  this  command  to  create  or  delete  a  Mult iple  Spanning  Tr e e  instance. Synt ax set spantree msti sid sid { create | delete } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Seite 315

    show spantree mstmap Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-15 show sp antree mstmap Use  this  command  to  display  the  mapping  of  a  filteri ng  database  ID  (FID)  to  a  Spanning  Tr e e s .  Since  VLANs  are  mapped ?[...]

  • Seite 316

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree mstmap 6-16 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  map  FID  3  to  SID  2:  Matrix(rw)->set spantree mstmap 3 si d 2 clear sp antree mstmap Use  this  command  to  map  a  FID  back  to  SID  0. [...]

  • Seite 317

    show spantree mstcfgid Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-17 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  assignments  for  all  VLANs  assigned  to  any  SID  other  tha n  SID 0: Matrix(rw)->show spantree vlanlist Vlan 104 is map[...]

  • Seite 318

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantr ee mstcfgid 6-18 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  MST  configuration  name  to  “mstconfig”: Matrix(rw)->set spantree mstconfigid cf[...]

  • Seite 319

    set spantree bridgeprioritymod e Conf iguring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-19 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  Spanning  Tr e e  bridge  priority  mode  setting: Matrix(rw)-&[...]

  • Seite 320

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree priority 6-20 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  bridge  priority  mode  to  802.1t: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree bridgepri oritymode show sp antree[...]

  • Seite 321

    set spantree priority Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-21 Parameters Default s If  sid  is  not  specifie d,  priority  will  be  set  on  Spanning  Tr e e  0. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  device  with  th e[...]

  • Seite 322

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree priority 6-22 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree priority Use  this  command  to  reset  the  Spanning  Tr e e  priority  to  the  default  va l u e  of  32 768. Synt ax clear spantree priority [ sid ] Parameters Default s If  sid  i[...]

  • Seite 323

    set spantree bridgehellomode Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-23 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  Spanning  Tr e e  bridge  he llo  mode.  In  this  case,  a  single  bridge  hello  mode  has  been ?[...]

  • Seite 324

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree hello 6-24 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Spanning  Tr e e  bridge  hello  mode  to  enabled: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree bridgehel lomode show sp antree hello Use  this  command  to  displa[...]

  • Seite 325

    clear spantree hello Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  set  the  Spanning  Tr e e  hello  time  to  10  seconds: Matrix(rw)->set spantree hello 10 clear sp antree hello Use  this  c[...]

  • Seite 326

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree maxage 6-26 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree maxage Use  this  command  to  set  the  bridge  maxim um  aging  time.  Synt ax set spantree maxage agingtime Parameters Default s None Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Maximum  agin[...]

  • Seite 327

    show spantree fwddelay Configuri ng Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-27 Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  reset  the  maximum  aging  time: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree maxage show sp antree fwddelay Use  this  command  to  display  t[...]

  • Seite 328

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree fwddelay 6-28 Spanning Tr ee Configuration addition,  each  port  needs  ti me  to  listen  for  conflicting  information  that  wou l d  make  it  return  to  a  blocking  state;  otherwise,  temporar y  data  loops  migh[...]

  • Seite 329

    set spantree autoedge Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-29 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  status  of  the  automatic  edge  port  detection  function: Matrix(rw)->show spantree autoedge autoEdge is currently enabled. [...]

  • Seite 330

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parame ters show spantree legacypathcost 6-30 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree legacyp athcost Use  this  command  to  display  the  default  Spanning  Tr e e  path  cost  setting. Synt ax show spantree legacypathcost Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  comman[...]

  • Seite 331

    clear spantree legacypathcost Confi guring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-31 clear sp antree legacyp athcost Use  this  command  to  set  the  Spanning  Tr e e  default  va l u e  for  legacy  path  cost  to  802.1t  val u e s . Synt ax clear sp[...]

  • Seite 332

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Para meters set spantree tctrapsuppress 6-32 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree tctrap suppress Use  this  command  to  disable  or  enable  topology  change  trap  suppression  on  Rapid  Spanning  Tree  edge  por ts.  Synt ax set spantree tctrapsupress { d[...]

  • Seite 333

    show spantree txholdcount Configur ing Spanning T ree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-33 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  topology  change  trap  suppression  settings: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree tctrapsup press show sp antree txholdcount Use  this  comman[...]

  • Seite 334

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Pa rameters clear spantree txholdcount 6-34 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  set  the  transmit  hold  count  to  5: Matrix(rw)->set spantree txholdcount 5 clear sp antree txholdcount Use  this  command  to  reset  the[...]

  • Seite 335

    set spantree maxhops Configuring Spanning T ree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-35 set sp antree maxhop s Use  this  command  to  set  the  Spanning  Tr e e  maximum  hop  count. Synt ax set spantree maxhops max_hop_count Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  [...]

  • Seite 336

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree spanguard 6-36 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree sp anguard Use  this  command  to  display  the  status  of  the  Spanning  Tr e e  span  guard  function. Synt ax show spantree spanguard Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  comman[...]

  • Seite 337

    clear spantree spanguard Configuri ng Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-37 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  span  guard  function: Matrix(rw)->set spantree spanguard e nable clear sp antree sp anguard Use  this  command  to  resets [...]

  • Seite 338

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree spanguardtimeout 6-38 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree sp anguard timeout Use  this  command  to  set  the  amount  of  time  (in  seconds)  an  edge  port  will  remain  locked  by  the  span  guard  function. Synt ax s[...]

  • Seite 339

    show spantree spanguardlock Configur ing Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-39 show sp antree sp anguardlock Use  this  command  to  display  the  span  guard  lock  status  of  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show spantree spanguardlock port-str ing Parame[...]

  • Seite 340

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree spanguardtrapenable 6-40 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  unlock  port  fe.1.16: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree spanguard lock fe.1.16 show sp antree sp anguard trapenable Use  this  command  to  displays  the  state ?[...]

  • Seite 341

    clear spantree spanguardtrap enable Confi guring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-41 clear sp antree sp anguard trap enable Use  this  command  to  reset  the  Spanning  Tree  span  guard  trap  function  ba ck  to  the  default  state  of  [...]

  • Seite 342

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree backuproot 6-42 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree backuproot Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  Spanning  Tr e e  backup  root  function.  Synt ax set spantree backuproot sid { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Sw[...]

  • Seite 343

    show spantree backuproottrapen dable Confi guring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-43 Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  backup  root  function  to  disabled  on  SID  2: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree backuproo t 2 show sp antree backupr[...]

  • Seite 344

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree backuproottrapenable 6-44 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  backup  root  trap  function: Matrix(rw)->set spantree backuproott rapenable enable clear sp antree backuproottrapenable Use  this  command  t[...]

  • Seite 345

    set spantree newroottrapenable Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-45 set sp antree newroottrapenable Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  Spanning  Tr e e  new  root  trap  function.  Synt ax set spantree newroottrapenable { enab [...]

  • Seite 346

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree default 6-46 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree default Use  this  command  to  restore  default  val u e s  to  a  Spanning  T ree. Synt ax clear spantree default [ sid ] Parameters Default s If  sid  is  not  specifie d,  defaults [...]

  • Seite 347

    show spantree debug Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-47 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Spanning  Tr e e  debug  counter s  for  link  aggregation  port  3,  SID 0: Matrix(rw)->show spantree debug port lag.0.3 STP Diagn[...]

  • Seite 348

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters cle ar spantree debug 6-48 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree debug Use  this  command  to  clear  Spanning  Tr e e  debug  counters. Synt ax clear spantree debug Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example ?[...]

  • Seite 349

    clear spantree debug Configu ring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-49 Configuring S p anning T ree Port Parameters Purpose To  display  and  set  Spanning  Tr e e  port  parameters,  including  enabling  or  disabling  the  Spanning  Tr e e  algorithm [...]

  • Seite 350

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters show spantree portenable 6-50 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree portenable Use  this  command  to  display  the  port  status  on  one  or  more  Spanning  Tr e e  ports. Synt ax show spantree portenable [ port port- string ] Parameters Default s If  po[...]

  • Seite 351

    clear spantree portenable Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-51 clear sp antree portenable Use  this  command  to  reset  the  default  val u e  for  one  or  more  Spanning  Tr e e  ports  to  enabled. Synt ax clear spantree portenable po[...]

  • Seite 352

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters set spantree portadmin 6-52 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree port admin Use  this  command  to  disable  or  enable  the  Spanning  Tr e e  algor ithm  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set spantree portadmin port-string { disable | enable } Parameters [...]

  • Seite 353

    set spantree protomigration Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-53 set sp antree protomigration Use  this  command  to  reset  the  protocol  state  migration  machine  for  one  or  more  Spanning  Tr e e  ports.  When  operating [...]

  • Seite 354

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Para meters show spantree blockedports 6-54 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  Spanning  Tr e e  state  for  fe.1.7: Matrix(rw)->show spantree portstate port fe.1.7 Port fe.1.7 has a Port State of Forw arding on SID 0 show sp antree blo[...]

  • Seite 355

    set spantree portpri Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-55 Parameters Default s •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  port  priority  will  be  display ed  for  all  Spanning  Tr e e  ports. •I f  sid  is  not  specif ied,[...]

  • Seite 356

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters clear spantree p ortpri 6-56 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree portpri Use  this  command  to  reset  the  bridge  priority  of  a  Spanning  Tr e e  port  to  a  def ault  va l u e  of  128.  Synt ax clear spantree portpri port-string [ si[...]

  • Seite 357

    clear spantree porthello Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-57 Usage This  command  can  be  executed  only  if  bridge  hello  mode  is  disable d.  For  information  on  using  the  set  spantree  bridgehellomod e  command, ?[...]

  • Seite 358

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters show spantree a dminpathcost 6-58 Spanning Tr ee Configuration •I f  sid  is  not  specif ied,  port  cost  will  be  display ed  for  all  Spanning  T rees. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display ?[...]

  • Seite 359

    clear spantree adminpathcost Configur ing Spanning Tree Port Par ameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-59 Parameters Default s If  sid  is  not  specifie d,  admin  path  cost  will  be  set  for  Spanning  Tr e e  0. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage By  de[...]

  • Seite 360

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Pa rameters show spantree adminedge 6-60 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  admin  path  cost  to  0  for  fe.3.2  on  SID  1: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree adminpath cost fe.3.2 sid 1 show sp antree adminedge Use  this [...]

  • Seite 361

    clear spantree adminedge Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-61 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  fe.1.11  as  an  edge  port: Matrix(rw)->set spantree adminedge f e.1.11 true clear sp antree admi[...]

  • Seite 362

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters show spantree adm inpoint 6-62 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  edge  port  status  for  fe.2.7: Matrix(rw)->show spantree operedge p ort fe.2.7 Port fe.2.7 has a Port Oper Edge [...]

  • Seite 363

    set spantree adminpoint Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-63 Default s If  not  specified,  status  will  be  disp layed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  p[...]

  • Seite 364

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters clear spantree adminpoint 6-64 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree adminpoint Use  this  command  to  reset  the  administrative  poin t ‐ to ‐ point  status  of  the  LAN  segment  attached  to  a  Spanning  Tr e e  port  to  auto [...]

  • Seite 365

    set spantree lp Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-65 Configuring S p anning T ree Loop Protect Features Purpose To  display  and  set  Spanning  Tr e e  Loop  Protect  parameters,  including  the  global  parameters  of  Loop  Protect [...]

  • Seite 366

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features show spantree lp 6-66 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  SID  is  specified,  SID  0  is  assumed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  Loop  Protect  feature  is  disabled  by  default.  See  “Loop [...]

  • Seite 367

    clear spantree lp Configuring Spa nning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-67 If  no  SID  is  specified,  SID  0  is  assumed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Loop  Protect  status  on [...]

  • Seite 368

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features clear spantree lplock 6-68 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  port ‐ string  is  specified,  status  is  displayed  for  all  ports. If  no  SID  is  specified,  SID  0  is  assumed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Seite 369

    set spantree lpcapablepartner Configuri ng Spanning Tree Loop Protect F eatures Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-69 Usage The  default  state  is  unlocked. Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  Loop  Protect  lock  from  ge.1.1: Matrix(rw)->show spantree lplock por t ge.1.[...]

  • Seite 370

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features show spantree lpcapablepartner 6-70 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree lpcap ablep artner Use  this  command  to  the  Loop  Protect  capability  of  a  link  partner  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show spantree lpcapablepartner [ port port[...]

  • Seite 371

    set spantree lpthreshold Configuring Spa nning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-71 set sp antree lpthreshold Use  this  command  to  set  the  Loop  Protect  event  threshold. Synt ax set spantree lpthreshold value Parameters Default s None.  The  default  ev ent [...]

  • Seite 372

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features clear spantree lpthreshold 6-72 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  current  Loop  Protect  threshold  va l u e : Matrix(rw)->show spantree lpthreshol d LoopProtect event threshold is set t o 4 clear sp antree lpthreshol[...]

  • Seite 373

    show spantree lpwindow Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Prote ct Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-73 counter  is  not  reset  until  the  Loop  Protect  ev ent  threshold  is  reached.  If  the  thre shold  is  reach ed,  that  constitutes  a  loop  protect[...]

  • Seite 374

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features set spantr ee lptrapenable 6-74 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Loop  Protect  ev ent  window  to  the  default  of  180  seconds: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree lpwindow set sp antree lptrapenable Use  t[...]

  • Seite 375

    clear spantree lptrapenable Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Prote ct Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-75 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  current  Loop  Protect  ev ent  notification  status: Matrix(rw)->show spantree lptrapenab le LoopProtect event traps are [...]

  • Seite 376

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features show spantree disputedbpduthreshold 6-76 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Usage A  disputed  BPDU  is  one  in  which  the  flag s  field  indicates  a  designated  role  and  learning,  and  the  priority  vect o r  is  wor se  than  th[...]

  • Seite 377

    show spantree nonforwardingreason Confi guring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-77 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  disputed  BPDU  threshold  to  the  def[...]

  • Seite 378

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Feat ures show spantree nonforwar dingreason 6-78 Spanning Tr ee Configuration[...]

  • Seite 379

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-1 7 802.1Q VLAN Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Enterasys  Matrix  syste m’ s  capabilities  to  implement  802.1Q  virtual  LANs  (VLANs).  It  documents  how  to: •C r e a t e ,  enable,  disable  and  name  [...]

  • Seite 380

    VLAN Configuration Summary 7-2 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Port Assignment Scheme For  information  on  this  device’ s  port  as signment  scheme,  refer  to  “ Por t  String  Syntax  Used  in  the  CLI ”  on  page 4 ‐ 2. Port String Synt ax Used in the CLI For  information  on  [...]

  • Seite 381

    show vlan Reviewing Existing VLANs Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-3 3. Add  the  host  port  and  the  desired  switch  port  to  the  egress  list  for  the  VLAN  created  in  Step  1.  (“ set  vlan  egress ”  on  page 7 ‐ 18) 4. Set  a  p[...]

  • Seite 382

    Reviewing Existing VLANs show vlan 7-4 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  options  ar e  specified,  all  information  related  to  static  and  dynamic  VLANs  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disp[...]

  • Seite 383

    show vlan Reviewing Existing VLANs Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-5 Forbidden Egress Ports Ports prevented fr om transmitted frames for this VLAN. Untagged Ports Port s configured to transmit untagged frames for this VLAN. T able 7-2 show vlan Output Det ails (continued) Output... W hat it displays...[...]

  • Seite 384

    Creating and Naming Static VLANs set vlan 7-6 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Creating and Naming St atic VLANs Purpose To  create  a  new  static  VLAN,  or  to  enable  or  disable  existing  VLAN(s). Commands set vlan Use  this  command  to  create  a  new  static  IEEE  802.1 Q  VLAN, [...]

  • Seite 385

    set vlan name Creating and Naming Static VLANs Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-7 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  create  VLAN  3: Matrix(rw)->set vlan create 3 This  example  shows  how  to  disable  VLAN  3: Matrix(rw)->set vlan disable 3 set vlan name Use  this [...]

  • Seite 386

    Creating and Naming Static VLANs clear vlan name 7-8 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  remove  a  stati c  VLAN  9  from  the  device’ s  VLAN  list: Matrix(rw)->clear vlan 9 clear vlan name Use  this  command  to  remove  the  name  of  a  VLAN[...]

  • Seite 387

    show port vlan Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingr ess Filtering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-9 Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Purpose To  assign  default  VLAN  IDs  to  untagged  frames  on  one  or  more  ports,  to  configure  MIB ‐ II  inte[...]

  • Seite 388

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs ( PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering set port vlan 7-10 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Usage PVID  determines  the  VLAN  to  which  all  untagged  frames  re ceived  on  one  or  more  ports  wil l  be  classified. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  PVID[...]

  • Seite 389

    clear port vlan Assigning Port VLAN ID s (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  add  fe.1.1 0  to  the  port  VLAN  list  of  VLAN  4  (PVID  4).  Since  VL AN  4  is  a  new  VLAN,  it [...]

  • Seite 390

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering set vlan interface 7-12 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  interface  entry  for  VLAN  1: Matrix(rw)->show vlan interface 1 VLAN Port Storage Typ e ----------------------[...]

  • Seite 391

    clear vlan interface Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingr ess Filtering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-13 clear vlan interface Use  this  command  to  clear  the  MIB ‐ II  interface  entry  mapped  to  a  VLAN. Synt ax clear vlan interface vlan-list Parameters Default s None. Mode [...]

  • Seite 392

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingr ess Filtering set port ingress filter 7-14 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  di splay  the  port  ingress  filter  status  for  Fast  Ethernet  ports  10  through  15  in  module  1.  In  this  case,  the ?[...]

  • Seite 393

    show port discard Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress F iltering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-15 show port discard Use  this  command  to  display  the  frame  discard  mode  for  one  or  more  ports.  Synt ax show port discard [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Seite 394

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering clear port discard 7-16 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  Fast  Ethernet  port  7  in  module2  to  discard  both  tagged  and  untagged  frames:  Matrix([...]

  • Seite 395

    show port egress Configuring the VLAN Egress List Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-17 Configuring the VLAN Egress List Purpose To  assign  or  remove  ports  on  the  egress  list  of  a  particular  VLA N.  This  determines  which  ports  will  be  eligible  to  [...]

  • Seite 396

    Configuring the VLAN Egress List set vlan egress 7-18 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Example This  example  shows  you  how  to  show  VLAN  egress  information  for  Fast  Ethernet  ports  1  through  3  in  module  1.  In  this  case,  all  three  ports  are  allow ed [...]

  • Seite 397

    clear vlan egress Configuring the VLAN Egress List Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-19 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  add  Fast  Ethernet  ports  5  through  10  in  module  1  to  the  egress  list  of  VLAN  7.  This  means  that  these  [...]

  • Seite 398

    Configuring the VLAN Egress List show vlan dynamic egress 7-20 802.1Q VLAN Configuration show vlan dynamic egress Use  this  command  to  display  which  VLANs  are  currently  enabled  for  VLAN  dynamic  egress. Synt ax show vlan dynamicegress [ vlan-list ] Parameters Default s If  vlan ‐ list  is ?[...]

  • Seite 399

    set vlan dynamicegress Configuring the VLAN Egress List Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-21 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  dynamic  egr ess  function  on  VLAN  7: Matrix(rw)->set vlan dynamicegress 7 enable[...]

  • Seite 400

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP set vlan dynamicegress 7-22 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Enabling/Disabling GVRP Purpose To  dynamically  create  VLANs  across  a  swi tched  network.  The  GVRP  (GARP  VLAN  Registrati on  Protocol)  command  set  is  used  to  display  GVRP  configuration  in[...]

  • Seite 401

    set vlan dynamicegress Enabling/Disabling GVRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-23 Figure 7-1 Example of VLAN Propaga tion via GVRP Configuring  a  VLAN  on  an  802.1Q  switch  creates  a  static  VLAN  entry .  The  entry  will  alw ays  remain  registered  and  will [...]

  • Seite 402

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP show gvrp 7-24 802.1Q VLAN Configuration show gvrp Use  this  command  to  display  GVRP  configuration  information. Synt ax show gvrp [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  GVRP  configuration  information  will  be  displayed  f[...]

  • Seite 403

    show garp timer Enabling/Disabling GVRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-25 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  GARP  timer  inform ation  will  be  displayed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows [...]

  • Seite 404

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP set gvrp 7-26 802.1Q VLAN Configuration set gvrp Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  GVRP  globally  on  the  device  or  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set gvrp { enable | disable } [ port-st ring ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  [...]

  • Seite 405

    set garp timer Enabling/Disabling GVRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-27 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  GVRP  status  globally  on  the  device: Matrix(rw)->clear gvrp set garp timer Use  this  command  to  adjust  the  va l u e s  of  the  join, [...]

  • Seite 406

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP clear garp timer 7-28 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Parameters Default s At  least  one  optional  parameter  must  be  enter ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  GARP  leav e  timer  to  60  centiseconds ?[...]

  • Seite 407

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-1 8 Policy Classification Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Po l i c y  Classification  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Policy Classification Configuration Summary Enterasys  Matrix  Ser ies  devices  support  policy[...]

  • Seite 408

    Configuring Policy Profiles show policy profile 8-2 Policy Classification Conf iguration Configuring Policy Profiles Purpose To  review ,  create,  change  an d  remove  policy  pr ofiles  for  managing  netw ork  resources. Commands show policy profile Use  this  command  to  display  policy  prof[...]

  • Seite 409

    set policy profile Configuring Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-3 Row Status :active Port VID Status :enabled Port VID Override :11 CoS Status :disabled CoS :0 Tagged Egress VLAN List :11 Forbidden VLAN List :none Untagged VLAN List :none Replace TCI Status :enabled Admin Profile Usage :none Oper Profile Usage[...]

  • Seite 410

    Configuring Policy Profiles set policy profile 8-4 Policy Classification Conf iguration Parameters Default s If  optional  parameters  are  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  policy  profile ?[...]

  • Seite 411

    clear policy profile Configuring Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-5 clear policy profile Use  this  command  to  delete  a  policy  profile  ent ry . Synt ax clear policy profile profile-index Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  e[...]

  • Seite 412

    Configuring Policy Profiles set policy invali d action 8-6 Policy Classification Conf iguration set policy invalid action Use  this  command  to  assign  the  action  the  device  will  apply  to  an  inv alid  or  unknown  policy .  Synt ax set policy invalid action { default-p olicy | drop | forw[...]

  • Seite 413

    show policy rule Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-7 Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Purpose To  review ,  assign  and  unassign  classification  and  admin  rules.  Classification  rules  map  policy  profiles  to [...]

  • Seite 414

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles show policy rule 8-8 Policy Classification Conf iguration Default s •I f  port ‐ string ,  rule  status,  storage  type,  Syslog  state,  trap,  and  usage ‐ list  are  not  specified,  all  rules  related  to  other  specifications [...]

  • Seite 415

    show policy rule Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-9 |PID |Rule Type |Rule Data |Mk|PortStr |RS|ST|S|T|D|VLAN|CoS |U| | 1 |Ether |32923 (0x809B) |16|All | A|NV|Y|Y| | 105| |?| | 1 |Ether |33011 (0x80F3) |16|All | A|NV|Y|Y| | 105| |?| | 1 |Ether |33079 (0x8137) |16|All | A|NV|Y|[...]

  • Seite 416

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles show policy capa bility 8-10 Policy Classification Con figuration show policy cap ability Use  this  command  to  display  all  policy  classification  capabilities  supported  by  you r  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device.  Synt ax show  policy [...]

  • Seite 417

    set policy classify Assigning Classifica tion Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-11 |MAC source address | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | |MAC destination address | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | |IPX source address | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | |IPX destination address | X | X | X | X [...]

  • Seite 418

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles set poli cy classify 8-12 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s If  mask  is  not  s pecified,  all  data  bits  will  be  considered  relevant. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Classification  rules  are  automatic[...]

  • Seite 419

    set policy ru le Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-13 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  use  Ta b l e 8 ‐ 3  to  create  (and  enable)  a  VLAN  classification  rule  to  policy  2,  classification  65,  to [...]

  • Seite 420

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles set policy rule 8-14 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s •I f  mask  is  not  sp ecified,  all  data  bits  will  be  considered  relevant. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  rule  will  be  scoped  to  all  [...]

  • Seite 421

    clear policy rule Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-15 clear policy rule Use  this  command  to  delete  one  or  all  policy  classification  rule  entries. Synt ax clear policy rule admin-profil e | profile-index all-pid-entries | ether ipdest[...]

  • Seite 422

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles clear policy all-rules 8-16 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s When  applicable,  data ,  mask ,  and  port ‐ string  must  be  speci fied  for  individual  rule s  to  be  cleared. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This[...]

  • Seite 423

    set policy port Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-17 set policy port Use  this  command  to  assign  an  administra tive  rule  to  a  port. Synt ax set policy port port-name admin-id Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐[...]

  • Seite 424

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles set policy allowed-type 8-18 Policy Classification Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  show  information  about  policies  allow ed  on  port  ge.1.5:  Matrix(rw)->show policy allowed-type ge.1.5 SUPPORTED AND ALLOWED TRAFFIC RULE T YPES o[...]

  • Seite 425

    clear policy allowed-type Assigning Cl assification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-19 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  allow  only  rule  type  1  (source  MA C  address  classification)  to  be  [...]

  • Seite 426

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles clear policy port-hit 8-20 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  rule  port  hit  indications  on  all  ports: Matrix(rw)->clear policy port-hit al l[...]

  • Seite 427

    clear policy port-hit Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-21 Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Using Port-Based or Po licy-Based CoS Settings The  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device  supports  Class  of  Service  (CoS),  which  allows  yo u  [...]

  • Seite 428

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) clear policy port-hit 8-22 Policy Classification Con figuration Purpose To  configure  policy ‐ based  Class  of  Service. Commands Define IRL or TXQ resources (data rates or transmit priorities). set cos port-resource irl set cos port-resource tx q Bind a CoS reference index ID to a defin[...]

  • Seite 429

    show cos state C onfiguring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-23 show cos st ate Use  this  command  to  display  the  Class  of  Service  enable  state. Synt ax show cos state Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This [...]

  • Seite 430

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos port-type 8-24 Policy Classification Con figuration show cos port-type Use  this  command  to  display  Class  of  Service  port  type  configurations.  Synt ax show cos port-type [ irl | txq ] [ inde x-list ] Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  all [...]

  • Seite 431

    show cos port-type Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-25 Gbps 1 DFE-P 4Q 32/4 perc ge.2.1-30; ge.2.1-30; Kbps ge.3.1-30; ge.3.1-30; Mbps ge.4.1-30; ge.4.1-30; Gbps fe.6.1-48; fe.6.1-48; ge.6.1-6; ge.6.1-6; fe.7.1-72 fe.7.1-72 Port type Number of Supp orted Eligible Unselected Index desc[...]

  • Seite 432

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos unit 8-26 Policy Classification Con figuration show cos unit Use  this  command  to  display  Class  of  Service  uni ts  of  measure  information,  including  rate  type,  minimum  and  maximum  limits  of  the  port  groups,  a[...]

  • Seite 433

    show cos port-config C onfiguring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-27 show cos port-config Use  this  command  to  display  Class  of  Service  port  gr oup  configurations. Synt ax show cos port-config [ irl | txq ] [ gr oup-type-index ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Seite 434

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) set cos port-config irl 8-28 Policy Classification Con figuration Port Group :0 Port Type :1 Assigned Ports :ge.2.1-30;ge.3.1-3 0;ge.4.1-30;fe.6.1-48;ge.6.1-6;fe.7.1-72 Arbiter Mode :Strict Slices/queue :Q [ 0]: 0 Q [ 1 ]: 0 Q [ 2]: 0 Q [ 3]: 32 Percentage/queue :Q [ 0]: 0% Q [ 1 ]: 0% Q [ 2]: 0% Q [ 3]: 1[...]

  • Seite 435

    clear cos port-config irl Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-29 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  CoS  inbound  rate  limiting  port  group  entry  named  “test  irl” [...]

  • Seite 436

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) clear cos port-config txq 8-30 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s •I f  a  name  is  not  specifie d,  default  names  described  in  Ta b l e 8 ‐ 5  will  be  applied. •I f  not  specified,  this  config uration  wi ll  [...]

  • Seite 437

    show cos port-resou rce Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-31 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  non ‐ default  CoS  tra nsmit  queue  port  group  entries: Matrix(rw)->clear cos[...]

  • Seite 438

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) set cos port-re source irl 8-32 Policy Classification Con figuration set cos port-resource irl Use  this  command  to  configure  a  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limit ing  port  resource  entry . Synt ax set cos port-resource irl group-type-index irl-number [...]

  • Seite 439

    clear cos port-resource irl Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-33 clear cos port-resource irl Use  this  command  to  clear  one  or  all  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limiting  port  resource  configurations: Synt ax clear cos port-[...]

  • Seite 440

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) clear cos port-resource txq 8-34 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s •I f  a  rate  is  not  specified,  port  defaults  will  be  applied. •I f  not  specified,  no  algorithm  wi ll  be  assigned.  Mode Switch  command, ?[...]

  • Seite 441

    show cos reference Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-35 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  port  resource  settings  associated  with  Class  of  Service  transmit  queue ?[...]

  • Seite 442

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) set cos referenc e irl 8-36 Policy Classification Con figuration 0.1 12 txq 3 0.1 13 txq 3 0.1 14 txq 3 0.1 15 txq 3 set cos reference irl Use  this  command  to  set  a  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limiting  reference  configuration. Synt ax set cos reference [...]

  • Seite 443

    set cos reference txq C onfiguring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-37 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limiting  reference  entries: Mat[...]

  • Seite 444

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos settings 8-38 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  Class  of  Service  transmit  queue  ref erence  entries: Matrix(rw)->clear co[...]

  • Seite 445

    set cos settings Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-39 6 6 * 12 * 7 7 * 14 * set cos settings Use  this  command  to  configure  a  Class  of  Service  entry . Synt ax set cos settings cos-list [ priority priority ] [ tos-v alue tos-value ] [ txq-reference txq[...]

  • Seite 446

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos violation irl 8-40 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  priority  and  transmit  queue  reference  va lu es  for  CoS  entry  2: Matri[...]

  • Seite 447

    clear cos all-entries Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-41 Parameters Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  all  information  for  all  types  of  CoS  violations  will  be  displayed . Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . [...]

  • Seite 448

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing show route- map 8-42 Policy Classification Con figuration Configuring Policy-Based Routing About Policy-Based Routing Normally ,  IP  packets  are  forwarded  according  to  the  route  that  has  been  selected  by  traditional  routing  protocols,  such  as [...]

  • Seite 449

    route-map Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-43 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  route  map  list  101.  In  this  case,  the ?[...]

  • Seite 450

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing match ip address 8-44 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s •I f  permit  or  deny  is  not  s pecified,  this  command  will  enable  route  map  or  policy  based  routing  configuration  mode. •I f  sequence ‐ number  is  not  s peci[...]

  • Seite 451

    set next hop Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-45 set next hop Use  this  command  to  set  one  or  mor e  next  hop  IP  address  for  packets  matching  an  extended  access  list  in  a  configured  route  map.  Synt ax[...]

  • Seite 452

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing ip policy route-map 8-46 Policy Classification Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  policy  information: Matrix>Router(config)#show ip policy Interface Route map Priority Load policy Pinger Interval Retries 3 103 first first-available off 3 3 2 102 only roun d-robin [...]

  • Seite 453

    ip policy priority Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-47 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  <vlan_id>))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  un ‐ assigns  a  route  map  list. Example This  example [...]

  • Seite 454

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing ip policy load-policy 8-48 Policy Classification Con figuration ip policy load-policy Use  this  command  to  configure  PBR  next  hop  behavior .  Synt ax ip policy load-policy {[ first-available ] [ round-robi n ] [ ip-hash { sip | dip | both }]} no ip policy load-policy Parameters Defa[...]

  • Seite 455

    ip policy pinger Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-49 Default s •I f  not  specified,  interval  will  be  set  to  3  seconds. •I f  not  specified,  retries  wil l  be  set  to  3. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:[...]

  • Seite 456

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing ip policy pinger 8-50 Policy Classification Con figuration[...]

  • Seite 457

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-1 9 IGMP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  IGMP  Configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  About IP Multicast Group Management The  Internet  Group  Management  Protocol  (IGMP)  runs  between  host[...]

  • Seite 458

    IGMP Configuration Summary show igmp enable 9-2 IGMP C onfiguration Howeve r ,  note  that  IGMP  neither  alters  nor  routes  any  IP  multicast  packets.  Since  IGMP  is  not  concerned  with  the  deliv ery  of  IP  multicast  packets  across  subnetworks,  an  ex[...]

  • Seite 459

    set igmp enable Enabling / Disabling IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-3 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IGMP  status  for  VLAN  104: Matrix(rw)->show igmp enable 104 IGMP Default State for vlan 104 is D isabled set igmp[...]

  • Seite 460

    Enabling / Disabling IGMP set igmp disable 9-4 IGMP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  IGMP  on  VLAN  104: Matrix(rw)->set igmp disable 104[...]

  • Seite 461

    show igmp query Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-5 Configuring IGMP Purpose To  display  and  set  IGMP  configuration  parameters,  including  query  interv al  and  response  time  settings,  and  to  create  and  configure  static  IGMP  entrie[...]

  • Seite 462

    Configuring IGMP set igmp query-enable 9-6 IGMP C onfiguration Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IGMP  query  state  for  VLAN  1: Matrix(rw)->show igmp query 1 IGMP querying on vlan 1 is Disabled set igmp query-enable Use  [...]

  • Seite 463

    show igmp grp-full-action Conf iguring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-7 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  IGMP  querying  on  VL AN  104: Matrix(rw)->set igmp query-disable 1 04 show igmp grp-full-action Use  this  com[...]

  • Seite 464

    Configuring IGMP show igmp config 9-8 IGMP C onfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  flood  multicast  frames  to  the  VLAN  when  the  multicast  group  table  is  full: Matrix(rw)->set igmp grp-full-action 2 show igmp config Use [...]

  • Seite 465

    set igmp config Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-9 set igmp config Use  this  command  to  configure  IGMP  settings  on  one  or  more  VLANs. Synt ax set igmp config vlan-list {[ query-in terva l query-interval ] [ igmp-version igmp- version ] [ max-resp-time max-resp-tim e [...]

  • Seite 466

    Configuring IGMP set igmp delete 9-10 IGMP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  IGMP  query  interv al  time  to  250  seconds  on  VLAN  1: Matrix(rw)->set igmp config 1 query- interval 250 set igmp delete Use  this  command  to  remove  IGMP  configura[...]

  • Seite 467

    show igmp stat ic Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  IGMP  group  information  for  VLAN  105.  In  this  example,  the  device  knows  to  forw ard  all  multicast  traffic  for  IP  gr[...]

  • Seite 468

    Configuring IGMP set igmp remove-static 9-12 IGMP C onfiguration Default s If  not  specified,  the  static  entry  will  be  created  and  not  modified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  add  port  fe. 1.3  to  the  IGMP  group [...]

  • Seite 469

    show igmp protocols Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-13 show igmp protocols Use  this  command  to  display  the  binding  of  IP  protocol  id  to  IGM P  classification. Synt ax show igmp protocols Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Exampl[...]

  • Seite 470

    Configuring IGMP clear igmp protocols 9-14 IGMP C onfiguration Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  change  IGMP  routing  protocols  to  a  protocol  id  of  3: Matrix(rw)->set igmp protocols class ification 2 protocol-id 3 modify cl[...]

  • Seite 471

    show igmp reporters Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-15 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  igmp  information  for  vlan  12: Matrix(rw)->show igmp vlan 12 IGMP Vlan 12 Info IGMP query state : Enable d QueryInterval(sec.) : 125 Status : Active IGMP Version : 2 Quer[...]

  • Seite 472

    Configuring IGMP show igmp flows 9-16 IGMP C onfiguration lag.0.2 239.255.12.43 1 Any 253 DYNAMIC lag.0.2 239.255.255.250 1 Any 255 DYNAMIC lag.0.2 239.255.255.250 20 Any 249 DYNAMIC lag.0.4 235.80.68.83 20 Any 237 DYNAMIC lag.0.4 239.255.255.250 20 Any 243 DYNAMIC show igmp flows Use  this  command  to  display  IGMP  flow  in[...]

  • Seite 473

    show igmp number-grou ps Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-17 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IGMP  counters: Matrix(rw)->show igmp counters Igmp Counters: Igmp Group Table is Full : false Igmp Version [...]

  • Seite 474

    Configuring IGMP show igmp number-groups 9-18 IGMP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  number  of  multicast  groups  supported  by  the  device. Matrix(rw)->show igmp number-groups IGMP current max number of groups = 4096 IGMP stored max number of groups = 4 096[...]

  • Seite 475

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-1 10 System Logging Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  system  logging  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring System Logging Purpose To  display  and  configure  system  logg ing,  including  Syslog  serv er  settings, ?[...]

  • Seite 476

    Configuring System Logging show logging all 10-2 System Logging Co nfiguration show logging all Use  this  command  to  display  all  configuration  information  for  system  logging. Synt ax show logging all Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  show[...]

  • Seite 477

    show logging ser ver Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-3 1 80.80.80.252 local7 debugging( 8) N-Series 514 enabled Defaults: local4 debugging( 8) 514 Syslog Console Logging enabled Syslog File Logging disabled Ta b l e 1 0 ‐ 1  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  outpu[...]

  • Seite 478

    Configuring System Logging set logging server 10-4 System Logging Co nfiguration Default s If  index  is  not  specif ied,  all  Syslo g  server  inf ormation  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Syslog  serv er  co[...]

  • Seite 479

    clear logging server Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-5 Default s •I f  ip ‐ addr  is  not  specifie d,  an  entry  in  the  Syslog  server  table  will  be  created  with  the  specifie d  index  number  and  a  message  will[...]

  • Seite 480

    Configuring System Logging set logging default 10-6 System Logging Co nfiguration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  command  shows  how  to  display  the  Syslog  serv er  default  va l u e s .  For  an  explanation  of  the  command  output,  refer  b[...]

  • Seite 481

    clear logging default Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  Syslog  default  facility  name  to  local2  and  the  se verity  level  to  4  (error  logging):  Matrix(rw)->set logging defa[...]

  • Seite 482

    Configuring System Logging show logging application 10-8 System Logging Co nfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Mnemonics  will  var y  dependin g  on  the  number  and  types  of  applications  running  on  you r  system.  To  display  a  complete  list,  use [...]

  • Seite 483

    set logging application Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-9 90 SNMP 6 1-8 1(emergencies) 2(alerts) 3(cr itical) 4(errors) 5(warnings) 6(no tifications) 7(information) 8(debugging) Ta b l e 1 0 ‐ 2  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set logging application Us[...]

  • Seite 484

    Configuring System Logging set logging application 10-10 System Logg ing Configuration Default s •I f  level  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  server  is  not  specified,  messages  will  be  sent  to  all  Syslog  serv ers. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i[...]

  • Seite 485

    clear logging application Con figuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 10-11 clear logging application Use  this  command  to  reset  the  logging  sev erity  lev el  for  one  or  all  applic ations  to  the  default  va l ue  of  6  (notifications [...]

  • Seite 486

    Configuring System Logging set logging local 10-12 System Logg ing Configuration set logging local Use  this  command  to  configure  log  messages  to  the  console  and  a  persistent  file. Synt ax set logging local console { enable | disable } file { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switc[...]

  • Seite 487

    set logging here Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 10-13 set logging here Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  current  CLI  session  as  a  Sy slog  destinat ion.  Synt ax set logging here { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Sw[...]

  • Seite 488

    Configuring System Logging show logging buffer 10-14 System Logg ing Configuration show logging buffer Use  this  command  to  display  the  last  256  messages  logge d  on  all  blades. Synt ax show logging buffer Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  exa[...]

  • Seite 489

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-1 11 Network Monitoring Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  Network  Monitoring  comm ands  and  how  to  use  them.  Monitoring Network Event s and S t atus Purpose To  display  switch  ev ents  and  command  history ,  to  set ?[...]

  • Seite 490

    Monitoring Network Events and Status show history 11-2 Network Mo nitoring Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage The  command  history  buffer  includes  all  the  switch  commands  entered  up  to  a  maximum  of  50,  as  specified  i[...]

  • Seite 491

    set history Monitoring Network Events and Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-3 set history Use  this  command  to  set  the  size  of  the  history  buffer . Synt ax set history size [ default ] Parameters Default s If  default  is  not  specified,  the  history  settin[...]

  • Seite 492

    Monitoring Network Events and Status ping 11-4 Network Mo nitoring Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  statistics  for  all  the  current  activ e  network  connections: Matrix(rw)->show netstat Active Internet connections (includi ng servers) PCB Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address [...]

  • Seite 493

    ping Monitoring Network Events and Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-5 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .  Examples Matrix(rw) ‐ >ping  134.141.89.29This  example  shows  how  to  ping  IP  address  134.141.89.29.  In  this  case,  this  host  is  al[...]

  • Seite 494

    Monitoring Network Events and Status show users 11-6 Network Mo nitoring Configuration show users Use  this  command  to  display  information  about  the  active  console  port  or  Te l n e t  session(s)  logged  in  to  the  switch. Synt ax show users Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Swi[...]

  • Seite 495

    disconnect Monitoring Network Events and Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  tell  all  users  about  a  system  reset: Matrix(rw)->tell all system reset sc heduled for 1 p.m. today disconnect Use  this  command  to  close  an [...]

  • Seite 496

    Configuring SMON show smon priority 11-8 Network Mo nitoring Configuration Configuring SMON Purpose To  configure  SMON  (Switched  Network  Monitoring)  on  the  device. Commands show smon priority Use  this  command  to  display  SMON  user  priority  stati stics.  SMON  generate s  aggrega[...]

  • Seite 497

    set smon priority Configuring SMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-9 ------------------------ Interface = ge.3.14 Owner = none Creation = 0 days 0 hours 6 minutes 39 seconds Status = enabled -------------------- Priority 0 Packets Octe ts ---------- Total 7981308 2332 402460 Overflow 0 0 set smon priority Use  this  c[...]

  • Seite 498

    Configuring SMON show smon vlan 11-10 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  priorit y  statistics  will  be  cleared  on  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  clear  SMON  prior[...]

  • Seite 499

    set smon vlan Configuring SMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-11 Status = enabled -------------------- VLAN 1 Packets Octets Total 8011072 2070785503 Overflow 0 0 NonUnicast 0 0 NonUnicast Overflow 0 0 set smon vlan Use  this  command  to  create,  start,  or  stop  SNMP  VLAN ‐ related  sta[...]

  • Seite 500

    Configuring SMON clear smon vlan 11-12 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  VLAN  statistics  counting  configurations  will  be  cleared  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how[...]

  • Seite 501

    clear smon vlan Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-13 Configuring RMON RMON Monitoring Group Functions and Commands RMON  (Remote  Network  Monitoring)  provides  comprehensiv e  networ k  fault  diagnosis,  planning,  and  performance  tuning  information  and  all[...]

  • Seite 502

    Configuring RMON clear smon vlan 11-14 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Host Records statistics assoc iated with each host discovered on the network. Host address, packets and bytes received and transmitted, and broadcast, multicast and error packet s. show rmon host (“ show rmon host ” on page 1 1 -27) set rmon host properties (“ se t rmon [...]

  • Seite 503

    show rmon stats Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-15 show rmon st ats Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  statistics  measured  for  one  or  more  ports.  Synt ax show rmon stats [ port-string ] [ wide ] [ bysize ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is ?[...]

  • Seite 504

    Configuring RMON show rmon stats 11-16 Networ k Monitoring Configuration T able 1 1-3 show rmon st at s Output Det ails Output... W hat it displays... Port Port designatio n. Owner Name of the entity that configured thi s entry . Mon itor is default. Data Source Data source of t he statistics being displayed. Drop Events T otal number of time s tha[...]

  • Seite 505

    set rmon stats Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-17 set rmon st at s Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  statistics  entry . Synt ax set rmon stats index port-string [ ow ner ] Parameters Default s If  owner  is  not  spec ified,  monitor  will  be  app[...]

  • Seite 506

    Configuring RMON show rmon history 11-18 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  RMON  statistics  entry  2: Matrix(rw)->clear rmon stats 2 show rmon history Use  this  command  to  display  RMON [...]

  • Seite 507

    set rmon history Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-19 Sample 2304 Interval Start: 0 d ays 19 hours 11 minutes 35 seconds Drop Events = 0 Undersize Pkts = 0 Octets = 0 Oversize Pkts = 0 Packets = 0 Fragments = 0 Broadcast Pkts = 0 Jabbers = 0 Multicast Pkts = 0 Collisions = 0 CRC Align Errors = 0 Utilization(%[...]

  • Seite 508

    Configuring RMON show rmon alarm 11-20 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  RMON  history  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->clear rmon history 1 show rmon alarm Use  this  command  to  display  RM[...]

  • Seite 509

    set rmon alarm properties Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-21 Sample Type = delta Startup Alarm = rising Interval = 30 Value = 0 Rising Threshold = 1 Falling Threshold = 0 Rising Event Index = 2 Falling Event Index = 0 Ta b l e 1 1 ‐ 4  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  outp[...]

  • Seite 510

    Configuring RMON set rmon alarm status 11-22 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Default s •i n t e r v a l ‐  3600  seconds •t y p e ‐  absolute •s t a r t u p ‐ risin g •r t h r e s h ‐  0 •f t h r e s h ‐ 0 •r e v e n t ‐ 0 • fevent ‐ 0 •o w n e r ‐ monitor Mode Swi[...]

  • Seite 511

    clear rmon alarm Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-23 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage An  RMON  alarm  entry  can  be  created  using  this  command,  configured  using  the  set  rmon  alarm  properties  comm[...]

  • Seite 512

    Configuring RMON show rmon event 11-24 Networ k Monitoring Configuration show rmon event Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  event  entry  properties. Synt ax show rmon event [ index ] Parameters Default s If  index  is  not  specif ied,  information  about  all  RMON  entries  will  be ?[...]

  • Seite 513

    set rmon event properties Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-25 set rmon event properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  event  entry ,  or  to  create  a  new  event  entry  with  an  unused  event  index  number .  Synt ax set rm[...]

  • Seite 514

    Configuring RMON clear rmon event 11-26 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage An  RMON  event  entry  can  be  created  using  this  command,  configured  using  the  set  rmon  event  properties  command  (“ set [...]

  • Seite 515

    show rmon host Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-27 show rmon host Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  properties  and  statistics  associated  with  each  host  discovere d  on  the  network. Synt ax show rmon host [ port-string ] [ address | creation ] Para[...]

  • Seite 516

    Configuring RMON set rmon host properties 11-28 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Out Octets 136 Broadcast Pkts 0 Multicast Pkts 0 set rmon host properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  host  entry .  Synt ax set rmon host properties index port- string [ owner ] Parameters Default s If  owner  is  [...]

  • Seite 517

    clear rmon host Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-29 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  RMON  host  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->set rmon host status 1 e nable clear rmon host Use  this  command  to  delete  an  RMON  host  entry . Synt ax clear rmon [...]

  • Seite 518

    Configuring RMON show rmon topN 11-30 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  RMON  To p N  properties  and  statistics.  A  control  entry  displays  first,  followed  by  actual  entries  corresponding  to  the  control  entry[...]

  • Seite 519

    set rmon topN properties Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-31 set rmon topN properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  topN  entry  (report). Synt ax set rmon topn properties index [ hind ex hindex ] [ rate { inpackets | outpackets | inoctets | outoctets | errors | bcas[...]

  • Seite 520

    Configuring RMON clear rmon topN 11-32 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  RMON  To p N  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->set rmon topN status 1 e nable clear rmon topN Use  this  command  to  delet[...]

  • Seite 521

    show rmon matrix Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-33 Parameters Default s •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  information  about  all  ports  wi ll  be  display ed. •I f  not  specified,  information  about  source  and  destination  addre[...]

  • Seite 522

    Configuring RMON set rmon matrix properties 11-34 Networ k Monitoring Configuration set rmon matrix properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  matrix  entry . Synt ax set rmon matrix properties index por t-string [ owner ] Parameters Default s If  owner  is  not  spec ified,  monitor  will  [...]

  • Seite 523

    clear rmon matrix Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-35 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  RMON  matrix  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->set rmon matrix status 1 enable clear rmon matrix Use  this  command  to  delete [...]

  • Seite 524

    Configuring RMON set rmon channel 11-36 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  RMON  channel  information  for  fe .2.12: Matrix(rw)->show rmon channel fe.2.1 2 Port fe.2.12 Channel index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ------------------------------------ ---------------------- Co[...]

  • Seite 525

    clear rmon channel Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-37 Default s •I f  an  action  is  not  specif ied,  packets  will  be  accepted  on  filter  matches. •I f  not  specified,  contr ol  will  be  set  to  off . •I f  onevent  and  o[...]

  • Seite 526

    Configuring RMON set rmon filter 11-38 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  information  for  all  filter  entries  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  RMON [...]

  • Seite 527

    clear rmon filter Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-39 Default s •I f  owner  is  not  specif ied,  it  will  be  set  to  monitor .  •I f  no  other  options  are  specifie d,  none  (0)  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Seite 528

    Configuring RMON show rmo n capture 11-40 Networ k Monitoring Configuration show rmon capture Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  capture  entries  and  associated  buffer  control  entries. Synt ax show rmon capture [ index ] [ nodata ] Parameters Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  all[...]

  • Seite 529

    set rmon capture Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-41 set rmon capture Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  capture  entry ,  or  to  enable  or  disable  an  existing  ent ry . Synt ax set rmon capture index { channel [ act ion { lock | wrap }] [ slice [...]

  • Seite 530

    Configuring RMON clear rmon capture 11-42 Networ k Monitoring Configuration clear rmon capture Use  this  command  to  clears  an  RMON  capture  entry . Synt ax clear rmon capture index Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear [...]

  • Seite 531

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-1 12 Network Address and Route Management Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  switch ‐ related  netw ork  address  and  route  management  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Purpose To  displa[...]

  • Seite 532

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes show arp 12-2 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration show arp Use  this  command  to  display  the  switch’ s  ARP  table. Synt ax show arp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  t[...]

  • Seite 533

    set arp Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-3 set arp Use  this  command  to  add  mapping  entries  to  the  switch’ s  ARP  table. Synt ax set arp ip-address mac-address [{ tem p | pub | trail }] Parameters Default s •I f  temp  is  not[...]

  • Seite 534

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes show rad 12-4 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  entry  10.1.10.10  from  the  ARP  table: Matrix(rw)->clear arp 10.1.10.10 show [...]

  • Seite 535

    show ip route Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-5 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device  uses  BOOTP/DHCP  to  obtain  an  IP  address  if  one  hasn’ t  been  [...]

  • Seite 536

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes traceroute 12-6 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration traceroute Use  this  command  to  display  a  hop ‐ by ‐ hop  path  through  an  IP  network  from  the  device  to  a  specific  destination  host.  Synt ax traceroute [ -[...]

  • Seite 537

    traceroute Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-7 Default s •I f  not  specified,  waittime  will  be  set  to  5  seconds. •I f  not  specified,  first ‐ tt l  will  be  set  to  1  second. •I f  not  specified,  [...]

  • Seite 538

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes set ip route 12-8 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  use  traceroute  to  display  a  round  trip  path  to  host  192.167.252.17.  In  this  case,  hop  1  is  the  Enterasys  [...]

  • Seite 539

    show port mac Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-9 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .  Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  default  ga teway: Matrix(rw)->clear ip route default show port mac Use  this  [...]

  • Seite 540

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes show mac 12-10 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration show mac Use  this  command  to  display  the  timeout  period  for  aging  learned  MAC  addr esses,  and  to  show  MAC  addresses  in  the  switch’ s  filtering  data[...]

  • Seite 541

    set mac Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 12-11 Matrix(rw)->show mac port-string fe. 1.3 MAC Address FID Port Type Status ----------------- ---- ------------- ------- ------- 00-01-F4-32-88-C5 0 fe.1.3 self 00-00-1D-12-11-88 3 fe.1.3 mgmt perm Ta b l e 1 2 ‐ 3  provides  an[...]

  • Seite 542

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes clear mac 12-12 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  defined  with  the  set  mac  multicast  command,  then  it  will  apply  to  all  ports.  If  the  set  mac  unicast  command [...]

  • Seite 543

    show newaddrtraps Managing Switch Ne twork Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 12-13 Parameters None. Default s None,  except  those  noted  abov e. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  MAC  timeout  period: [...]

  • Seite 544

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes set newaddrtraps 12-14 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  status  of  MAC  address  traps  on  ge.1.1  through  3: Matrix(rw)->show newaddrtrap New Address Traps Globally disabled Port E[...]

  • Seite 545

    set movedaddrtrap Managing Switch Network Addre sses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 12-15 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  MAC  addres s  traps  for  all  ports  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  [...]

  • Seite 546

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes set movedaddrtrap 12-16 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  enable  MAC  address  traps: Matrix(rw)->set movedaddrtrap enable[...]

  • Seite 547

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-1 13 SNTP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  Simple  Netw ork  Time  Protocol  (SNTP)  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Configuring Simple Network T ime Protocol (SNTP) Purpose To  configure  the  Simp le  Network  Time  Pro[...]

  • Seite 548

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) show sntp 13-2 SNTP Con figuration show sntp Use  this  command  to  display  SNTP  client  settings. Synt ax show sntp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  SNTP  client ?[...]

  • Seite 549

    set sntp clien t Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-3 set sntp client Use  this  command  to  set  the  SNTP  operation  mode. Synt ax set sntp client { broadcast | unicast | disab le } Parameters Default s None. Client Mode Whether SNTP client is operatin[...]

  • Seite 550

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) clear sntp client 13-4 SNTP Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  SNTP  in  broadcast  mode: Matrix(rw)->set sntp client broadcas t clear sntp client Use  this  command  to  clear  the[...]

  • Seite 551

    clear sntp server C onfiguring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-5 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  serv er  at  IP  address  10.21.1.100  as  an  SNTP  serv er: Matrix(rw)->set sntp server 10.21.1. 100 clear sntp server Use ?[...]

  • Seite 552

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) clear sntp broadcast delay 13-6 SNTP Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  SNTP  broadcast  delay  to  12000  microseconds: Matrix(rw)->set sntp broadcastdelay 12000 clear sntp broadcast delay Use  this  command  to  clear ?[...]

  • Seite 553

    clear sntp poll-interval Configuring Simple Net work Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-7 clear sntp poll-interval Use  this  command  to  clear  the  poll  interval  betw een  unicast  SNTP  requests. Synt ax clear sntp poll-interval Parameters None. Default s None. Mode S[...]

  • Seite 554

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) set sntp poll-timeout 13-8 SNTP Con figuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  number  of  SNTP  poll  retries: Matrix(rw)->clear sntp poll-retry set sntp poll-timeo[...]

  • Seite 555

    show timezone Config uring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-9 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  SNTP  poll  timeout:  Matrix(rw)->clear sntp poll-timeout show timezone Use  this  comman[...]

  • Seite 556

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) clear timezone 13-10 SNTP Co nfiguration Default s If  offset  hours  or  minutes  are  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  time  zone  to[...]

  • Seite 557

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-1 14 Node Alias Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  node  alias  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Configuring Node Aliases Purpose To  review ,  configure,  disable  and  re ‐ enable  node  (port)  alias  functionality , ?[...]

  • Seite 558

    Configuring Node Aliases show nodealias mac 14-2 Node Alias Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  node  alias  properties  will  be  dis played  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Node  aliases  are  dynamically  assigned  upon  p[...]

  • Seite 559

    show nodealias mac Configuring Node Aliases Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-3 Parameters Default s •I f  protocol  is  not  specified ,  node  alias  entri es  for  all  protocols  will  be  displayed. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  node  alias  e[...]

  • Seite 560

    Configuring Node Aliases show nodealias protocol 14-4 Node Alias Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  node  alias  entries  for  BPDU  traffic  on  MAC  address es  beginning  with  00 ‐ e0.  Refer  back  to  Ta b l e 1 4 ‐ 1  for  a  description ?[...]

  • Seite 561

    show nodealias config Configuring Node Aliases Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-5 Parameters Default s •I f  ip ‐ address  is  not  specified  for  the  IP  protocol,  IP ‐ related  entries  will  be  displayed  from  all  source  addresses. •I f  port ‐ string [...]

  • Seite 562

    Configuring Node Aliases set nodealias 14-6 Node Alias Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  node  alias  configurations  will  be  displ ayed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  node  [...]

  • Seite 563

    set nodealias maxentries Configuring Node Aliases Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-7 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Upon  packet  reception,  node  al iases  are  dynamically  assigned  to  ports  enabled  with  an  alias  agent,  which  [...]

  • Seite 564

    Configuring Node Aliases clear nodealias config 14-8 Node Alias Con figuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  node  alias  entries  on  fe.1.3: Matrix(rw)->clear nodealias port-str ing fe.1.3 clear nodealias config Use[...]

  • Seite 565

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-1 15 NetFlow Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  NetFlow  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Configuring NetFlow NetFlow  is  a  protocol  developed  for  collecting  IP  traffic  information.  Network  devices  (switches[...]

  • Seite 566

    Configuring NetFlow 15-2 NetF low Configuration •I t  has  accumulated  the  maximum  number  of  NetFlow  records  per  packet,  which  is  30,  or  •I t  has  accumulated  fewer  than  30  NetFlow  records  and  the  activ e  flow  timer  has  exp ired, [...]

  • Seite 567

    show netflow Configuring NetFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-3 show net flow Use  this  command  to  display  NetFlow  configuration  information  and/or  statistics. Synt ax show netflow [ config [ port-string ]] [ statistics [ export ]] Parameters Default s If  config  is  entered ?[...]

  • Seite 568

    Configuring NetFlow set netflow cache 15-4 NetF low Configuration Export Interval: 30 (min) Number of Entries: 196607 Inactive Timer: 40 (sec) Template Refresh-rate: 20 (packets) Template Timeout: 30 (min) Enabled Ports: ----------------- ge.1.11,23 set net flow cache Use  this  command  to  enable  (create)  or  disable  (f[...]

  • Seite 569

    set netflow export-destination Configuring N etFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-5 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  this  command  is  executed,  NetFlow  is  effectiv ely  disabled  on  the  system. Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Seite 570

    Configuring NetFlow se t netflow export-interval 15-6 NetF low Configuration Parameters Default s Since  only  one  collector  address  per  Enterasys  Matrix  system  is  supported,  entering  the  IP  address  and  UDP  port  information  is  not  required.  Executing  this  [...]

  • Seite 571

    clear netflow export-interval Configuring N etFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-7 clear net flow export-interval Use  this  command  to  clear  NetFlow  export  interv al  to  its  def ault  of  30  minutes. Synt ax clear netflow export-interval Parameters None. Default s None. Mode[...]

  • Seite 572

    Configuring NetFlow clear netflow port 15-8 NetF low Configuration clear net flow port Use  this  command  to  return  a  port  to  the  default  NetFlow  collection  state  of  disabled. Synt ax clear netflow port port-string Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examp[...]

  • Seite 573

    clear netflow export-version Configuring NetFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-9 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  flow  record  format  to  Ve r s i o n  9: Matrix(rw)->set netflow export-versi on 9 clear net flow export-version Use  this  command  to  ret[...]

  • Seite 574

    Configuring NetFlow set netflow template 15-10 NetF low Configuration Parameters Default s At  least  one  of  the  ref resh ‐ rate  or  ti meout  parameters  must  be  specified,  although  both  can  be  specified  on  one  command  line. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e [...]

  • Seite 575

    clear netflow template Configuring NetFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 15-11 clear net flow template Use  this  command  to  reset  the  Ve r s i o n  9  template  refresh  rate  and/or  timeout  va l u es  to  their  default  val u e s. Synt ax clear netflow template {[ r[...]

  • Seite 576

    Configuring NetFlow clear netflow template 15-12 NetF low Configuration[...]

  • Seite 577

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-1 16 IP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Internet  Protocol  (IP)  configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring Routing Interface Settings About Loopback V ers us VLAN Interfaces Loopback  interfaces  ar[...]

  • Seite 578

    Configuring Routing Interface Settings show interface 16-2 IP Configuration For  details  on  how  to  enable  all  router  CLI  configuration  modes,  refer  back  to  Ta b l e 2 ‐ 9 . For  details  on  configur ing  routing  protocols,  refer  to  Chapter 21 . Purpose To  enab[...]

  • Seite 579

    interface Configuring Routing Inter face Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-3 Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  information  for  all  interfaces  configured  on  the  router .  In  this  case,  one ?[...]

  • Seite 580

    Configuring Routing Interface Settings ip ecm-forwarding-algorithm 16-4 IP Configuration details  on  configur ation  modes  supported  by  the  Enterasys  Matr ix  Series  device  and  their  uses,  refer  to  Ta b l e 2 ‐ 9  in  “ Enabling  Router  Configuration  Modes ”  on [...]

  • Seite 581

    show ip interfac e Configuring Routing Interface Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-5 show ip interface Use  this  command  to  display  information,  including  administrativ e  status,  IP  address,  MTU  (Maximum  T ransmission  Unit)  size  and  bandwidth,  and[...]

  • Seite 582

    Configuring Routing Interface Settings ip address 16-6 IP Configuration ip address Use  this  command  to  set,  remove,  or  disable  a  primary  or  secondary  IP  address  for  an  interface.  Synt ax ip address ip-address ip-mask [ secondary ] no ip address ip-address ip-mask Parameters Default[...]

  • Seite 583

    no shutdown C onfiguring Routing Interface Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-7 Usage Each  Enterasys  Mat rix  Series  routing  module  or  standalone  device  supports  up  to  96  routing  interfaces,  with  up  to  50  secondary  addresses  (200  ma[...]

  • Seite 584

    Managing Router Configuration Files show running-config 16-8 IP Configuration Managing Router Configuration Files Each  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  de vice  provides  a  single  configuration  interface  which  allows  you  to  perform  both  switch  and  router  config uration  with  th[...]

  • Seite 585

    write Managing Router Configuration Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-9 ip address 192.168.100.1 255.255.2 55.255 no shutdown ! interface vlan 10 ip address 99.99.2.10 255.255.255. 0 no shutdown ! router ospf 1 network 99.99.2.0 0.0.0.255 ar ea 0.0.0.0 network 192.168.100.1 0.0.0.0 area 0.0.0.0 write Use  this  co[...]

  • Seite 586

    Managing Router Configuration Files no ip routing 16-10 IP Configura tion interface vlan 2 iP Address 182.127.62.1 255.255.255 .0 no shutdown exit router rip network 182.127.0.0 exit disable exit no ip routing Use  this  command  to  disable  IP  routing  on  the  device  and  remov e  the  routi ng  config[...]

  • Seite 587

    no ip routing Performing a Basic Router Configuration Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-11 Performing a Basic Router Configuration Using Router-Only Config Files Although  the  Enterasys  Matr ix  Series’  single  configuration  interface  provides  one  set  of  commands  to  perfo[...]

  • Seite 588

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table show ip arp 16-12 IP Configura tion 2. Copy  the  config  file  to  a  place  where  it  can  be  edited  with  a  file  editing  program. 3. If  you  only  wa n t  the  router  config,  delete  all  the  non ‐ routing  config [...]

  • Seite 589

    show ip arp Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-13 Parameters Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  entries  in  the  ARP  cache  will  be  displayed.  Mode Any  route r  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to [...]

  • Seite 590

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table arp 16-14 IP Configura tion arp Use  this  command  to  add  or  remove  perman ent  (static)  ARP  table  entries.  Synt ax arp ip-address mac-address arpa no arp ip-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro[...]

  • Seite 591

    ip gratuitous-arp Reviewin g and Configuring the ARP Table Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-15 ip gratuitous-arp Use  this  command  to  override  the  normal  ARP  updating  process,  that  occurs  by  default. Synt ax ip gratuitous-arp { ignore | reply | request } no ip gratuitous-arp[...]

  • Seite 592

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table ip proxy-arp 16-16 IP Configura tion Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage This  command  will  be  in  effect  if  the  i p  gratui tous ‐ arp  ignore  command  (“ ip  gratuitous ‐ arp ”[...]

  • Seite 593

    ip mac-address Reviewin g and Configuring the ARP Table Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-17 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  pro xy  ARPMatrix>Router(config)#interf ace  vlan  1  on  VLAN  1: Matrix>Router(config-if(Vlan 1))#ip proxy-arp ip mac-address Use  this  [...]

  • Seite 594

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table clear arp-cache 16-18 IP Configura tion Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage The  device  can  support  up  to  2000  outstanding  unresolved  ARP  en tries. The  “no”  form  of  th[...]

  • Seite 595

    ip directed-broadcast Configuring Broadcast Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-19 Configuring Broadcast Settings Applying DHCP/BOOTP Relay DHCP/BOOTP  relay  functionality  is  applied  with  the  help  of  IP  broadcast  forw arding.  A  typical  situation  occurs  when[...]

  • Seite 596

    Configuring Broadcast Settings ip forward-pr otocol 16-20 IP Configura tion Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  IP  directed  broadcast  globally . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  IP  directed  broadcasts  on  VLAN  1: Matrix>Router(config)#interfac[...]

  • Seite 597

    ip helper-address Configuring Broadcast Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-21 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  forw arding  of  Domain  Naming  System  UDP  datagrams  (port  53): Matrix>Router(config)#ip forward-pro tocol udp 53 ip helper-address Use  this[...]

  • Seite 598

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes show ip protocols 16-22 IP Configura tion Reviewing IP T raffic and Configuring Routes Purpose To  review  IP  protocol  information  ab out  the  device,  to  review  IP  traffic  and  configure  routes,  to  enable  and  send  router  ICMP  [...]

  • Seite 599

    show ip traffic Reviewing IP Tr affic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-23 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  IP  protocol  information.  In  this  case,  the  routing  protocol  is  RIP  (Routing  Information  Protocol).  For  [...]

  • Seite 600

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes clear ip stats 16-24 IP Configura tion Frags: 0 reassembled, 0 timeouts 0 couldn't reassemble 0 fragmented, 0 c ouldn't fragment Bcast: 1 received, 8 sent Mcast: 0 received, 16 sent Sent: 24 generated, 0 forwarded 0 no route ICMP Statistics: Rcvd: 4 total, 0 checksum error s, 0 redirects, 0 unre[...]

  • Seite 601

    show ip route Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  IP  traffic  counters: Matrix>Router#clear ip stats show ip route Use  this  command  to  display  information  about  IP  rout[...]

  • Seite 602

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes ip route 16-26 IP Configura tion Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  IP  route  information.  In  this  case,  there  ar e  routes  directly  connected  to  VLANs  1  and  2,  two  stati c  routes  connected [...]

  • Seite 603

    ip icmp Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-27 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  IP  address  10.1.2.3  as  the  next  hop  gateway  to  de stination  address  10.0.0.0.  The  route  is  assigned  a  tag ?[...]

  • Seite 604

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes ping 16-28 IP Configura tion ping Use  this  command  to  test  routing  network  connectivity  by  sending  IP  ping  requests.  Synt ax ping ip-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Usage The  [...]

  • Seite 605

    traceroute Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-29 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Usage Three  ICMP  probes  will  be  transmitted  for  each  hop  between  the  source  and  the [...]

  • Seite 606

    Configuring Debug IP Packet debug ip packet access-group 16-30 IP Configura tion Configuring Debug IP Packet Purpose Debug  IP  packet  is  an  IP  based  packet  monitor  that  allows  for  the  monitoring  of  all  IP  traffic  receiv ed  and  transmitted  from  an  N ‐ Series[...]

  • Seite 607

    debug ip packet restart Configuring Debug IP Packet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-31 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Router(config)# Router  Exec:  Matrix>Router# Usage •T o o  high  a  throttle  or  limit  va l u e  may  require  a  second  [...]

  • Seite 608

    Configuring Debug IP Packet show debugging 16-32 IP Configura tion Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Router(config)# Router  Exec:  Matrix>Router# Usage By  default,  30  packet  will  be  display  and  then  the  packet  monitor  wil l [...]

  • Seite 609

    no debug ip packet Configuring Debug IP Packet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-33 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Router(config)# Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  the  debug  IP  packet  utility: Matrix(rw)->[...]

  • Seite 610

    Configuring Debug IP Packet no debug ip packet 16-34 IP Configura tion[...]

  • Seite 611

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-1 17 PIM Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Protocol  Independent  Multicast  (PIM)  configura tion  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring PIM Purpose To  review  and  configure  Protocol  Independent [...]

  • Seite 612

    Configuring PIM ip pim sparse mode 17-2 PIM Configuration ip pim sp arse mode Use  this  command  to  enable  Protocol  Independent  Multicast  (PIM)  Sparse  Mode  (SM)  on  a  routing  interface. Synt ax ip pim sparse-mode no ip pim sparse-mode Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command, [...]

  • Seite 613

    ip pim dr-priority Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-3 Parameters Default s •A  hash ‐ mask ‐ length  va l ue  of  30  will  be  automatically  applied. •I f  priority  is  not  specified,  1  wil l  be  applied. Mode Router  command,  Interface [...]

  • Seite 614

    Configuring PIM ip pim rp-address 17-4 PIM Configuration Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  the  DR  functionality . Example This  example  sets  the  DR  priority  to  20 ?[...]

  • Seite 615

    ip pim rp-candidate Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-5 ip pim rp-candidate Use  this  command  to  enable  the  router  to  advertise  itself  as  a  PIM  candidate  rendezvous  point  (RP)  to  the  BSR.  Synt ax ip pim rp-candidate pim-interface gr[...]

  • Seite 616

    Configuring PIM show ip pim interface 17-6 PIM Configuration Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  BootStrap  Router  (BSR)  information: Matrix>Router#show ip pim bsr PIMv2 Elected Bootstrap Router Infor mation: BSR Address: 10.0.0.1 Bsr[...]

  • Seite 617

    show ip pim neighbo r Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-7 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  informatio n  about  all  PIM  interfaces  will  be  displayed. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Seite 618

    Configuring PIM show ip pim rp 17-8 PIM Configuration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  informatio n  about  all  PIM  interfaces  will  be  displayed. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  PIM  neighbor  i[...]

  • Seite 619

    show ip pim rp Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-9 Parameters Default s If  no  optional  parameters  are  spe cified,  all  active  RP s  will  be  di splayed. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Examples This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Seite 620

    Configuring PIM show ip pim rp-hash 17-10 PIM Configura tion show ip pim rp-hash Use  this  command  to  display  the  rendezvous  point  (RP)  that  is  being  selected  for  a  specified  group. Synt ax show ip pim rp-hash group-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privile[...]

  • Seite 621

    show ip mforward Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 17-11 Example This  example  shows  a  portion  of  the  IP  multicast  routing  table  display .  In  thi s  case,  it  shows  there  are  nine  source  PIM  sparse  mode  (PIMSM)  multic[...]

  • Seite 622

    Configuring PIM show ip rpf 17-12 PIM Configura tion Example This  example  shows  a  porti on  of  the  IP  multicast  forw arding  table  display: Matrix>Router#show ip mforward IP Multicast Forwarding Table 1 of 8: (63.63.100.1/32, 225.1.2.3) Sources: 63.63.100.1 Incoming interface: Vlan-999 Outgoing interface[...]

  • Seite 623

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-1 18 Network Address T ranslation (NA T) Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Network  Address  T ranslation  (NA T)  conf iguration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring Network Address T ranslation (NA T) The  En[...]

  • Seite 624

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) 18-2 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration NA T  wor k s  with  DNS  by  having  the  DNS  Application  Specific  Gatew ay  (ALG)  translate  an  address  that  appears  in  a  Domain  Name  System  response  to  a  na[...]

  • Seite 625

    ip nat Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-3 ip nat Use  this  command  to  enable  NA T  on  this  interf ace. Synt ax ip nat { inside | outside } no ip nat { inside | outside } Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configurat[...]

  • Seite 626

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) ip nat inside source list 18-4 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  netmask  or  prefix ‐ length  is  specif ied,  all  addresses  in  the  range  are  used. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matr[...]

  • Seite 627

    ip nat inside source static (NAT) Confi guring Network Address Tra nslation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-5 Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matri x ‐ >Router(conf ig)# Usage Pa c k e t s  from  addresses  that  match  those  on  the  specified  access  l[...]

  • Seite 628

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) ip nat inside source st atic (NAPT) 18-6 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration ip nat inside source st atic (NAPT) Use  this  command  to  enable  static  NAPT  translation  of  inside  source  addresses. Synt ax ip nat inside source static { tcp | udp } loca [...]

  • Seite 629

    ip nat secure-plus Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-7 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matri x ‐ >Router(conf ig)# Usage The  no  ver s io n  of  the  command  resets  the  FTP  control  port  to ?[...]

  • Seite 630

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) ip nat translation max-entries 18-8 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration ip nat translation max- entries Use  this  command  to  configure  the  maximum  number  of  translation  entries. Synt ax ip nat translation max-entries numbe r no ip nat translation max-e[...]

  • Seite 631

    show ip nat translatio ns Configuri ng Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-9 Default s If  seconds  is  not  specif ied,  see  the  parameter  ta ble  above  fo r  the  default  va l u e . Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matri x[...]

  • Seite 632

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) show ip nat statistics 18-10 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation tcp 81.1.1.1:1030 172. 111.1.4:50025 DynOver 3 tcp 81.1.1.1:1031 172. 111.1.4:50026 DynOver 3 tcp 81.1.1.1:1032 172. 111.1.4:50027 DynOver 1 tcp 81.1.1.1:1033 172. 111.1.4:50028 DynOver 1 tcp 81.1.1.1:1034 172. 111.1.4:50029 [...]

  • Seite 633

    show ip nat statistics Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-11 Examples This  example  displays  the  NA T  statistics  for  this  router: Matrix->Router(config)#show ip nat s tatistics Nat current status: Active Nat secure plus: Disable Total translations:[...]

  • Seite 634

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) clear ip nat translation 18-12 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation access-list 35 refcount 28 pool vlan 3000: netmask 0.0.0.0 start 85.1.1.1 end 85.1.1.1 type napt, total addresses 1, allo cated 1, max_ports 32000, used_ports 28 ( 0%) , misses 0 clear ip nat translation Use  this  co[...]

  • Seite 635

    clear ip nat translation inside (NAPT) Confi guring Netw ork Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-13 Usage This  command  clears  an  active  translation.  Use  the  no  ip  nat  inside  source  static  command  to  delete  a  static  NA T  con[...]

  • Seite 636

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) set router lim its (NAT) 18-14 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation set router limit s (NA T) Use  this  command  to  set  NA T  configuration  limits. Synt ax set router limits { nat-bindings nat- bindings | nat-cache nat-cache | nat-dynamic-configs nat-dynamic-configs[...]

  • Seite 637

    show router limits (NAT) Configuri ng Network Address Tra nslation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-15 Example This  example  sets  the  maximum  NA T  cache  size  to  1000 :  Matrix(rw)->set router limits nat-ca che 1000 show router limit s (NA T) Use  this  command  to  d[...]

  • Seite 638

    Configuring Network Address Translati on (NAT) clear router limits (NAT) 18-16 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation Route Table Limit - 12000 (default) TWCB maximum Bindings - 32000 (default) TWCB Cache size - 2000 (default) TWCB maximum Configs - 1 (default) This  example  displays  the  NA T  cache ‐ size  limit ?[...]

  • Seite 639

    clear router limits (NAT) Configuri ng Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-17 Example This  example  resets  the  NA T  cache  router  limits  setting  to  the  default  va l u e :  Matrix(rw)->clear router limits nat- cache[...]

  • Seite 640

    Configuring Network Address Translati on (NAT) clear router limits (NAT) 18-18 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation[...]

  • Seite 641

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-1 19 LSNA T Configuration This  chapter  describes  the  Load  Sharing  Network  Addres s  T ranslation  (LSNA T)  configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  us e  them. Configuring Load Sharing Network Address T ranslation (LSNA T) A[...]

  • Seite 642

    Configuring Load Sharing Networ k Address Translatio n (LSNAT) 19-2 LSNAT Co nfiguration •W h e n  different  virtual  serv er  IPs  (VIPs)  share  the  sa me  real  serv er  in  different  server  farms,  the  persistence  level  must  be  set  the  same. •I n  general,  i[...]

  • Seite 643

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-3 wou ld  only  require  the  use  of  one  binding  hardw are  resource  (instead  of  one  per  service  per  client). In  order  to  use  sticky  persistence,  the[...]

  • Seite 644

    Configuring Load Sharing Networ k Address Translatio n (LSNAT) 19-4 LSNAT Co nfiguration the  UDP  port.  If  the  server  responds  with  an  ICMP  “P ort  Unreachable”  message,  it  is  concluded  that  the  port  is  not  activ e  and  the  serv er  is  reported ?[...]

  • Seite 645

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-5 Purpose To  review  and  configure  Load  Sharing  Network  Address  T r anslation  (LSNA T). LSNA T Configuration T ask List and Commands Ta b l e 1 9 ‐ 1  lists  the  mandatory  and  o[...]

  • Seite 646

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tr anslatio n (LSNAT) show ip slb serverfarms 19-6 LSNAT Co nfiguration show ip slb serverfarms Use  this  command  to  display  server  load  balancing  se rver  farm  information. Synt ax show ip slb serverfarms [ detail | se rverfarmname [ detail ]] Associate a virtua l serve[...]

  • Seite 647

    ip slb ftpctrlport Configuring Load Shari ng Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-7 Parameters Default s If  no  parameter  is  specified,  summary  information  for  all  configured  server  farms  will  be  display ed.  Mode Router  command, ?[...]

  • Seite 648

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Addres s Tran slation (LSNAT) ip slb serverfarm 19-8 LSNAT Co nfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  specify  port  46  as  the  FTP  control  port  for  serv er  load  balancing: Matrix>Router(config)#ip slb ftpctrl port 46 ip slb serverfarm Use  thi[...]

  • Seite 649

    predictor Configuring Load Sharing Ne twork Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-9 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Serv er  Farm  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ sf arm) # Usage For  backw ards  compatibil ity ,  entering  a  p[...]

  • Seite 650

    Configuring Load Sharing Network A ddress Translatio n (LSNAT) sticky 19-10 LSNAT C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  specify  Least  Connections  as  the  serv er  selection  algorithm  for  the  “httpserver ”  server  farm: Matrix>Router(config)#ip slb serverf arm httpser[...]

  • Seite 651

    show ip slb reals Configuring Load Shari ng Netw ork Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-11 Parameters Default s If  no  parameter  is  specified,  summary  information  ab out  all  configured  server  farms  wil l  be  display ed.  Mode Router  comman[...]

  • Seite 652

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) show ip slb reals 19-12 LSNAT C onfiguration Current Connections on this real server: 0 Current state of thi s real server: UP Maximum Connections : Unlimited Real Server Weight : 1 InService real-serv-ip:port server-farm type ins stat wgt maxcon con ns ----------------------------------[...]

  • Seite 653

    inservice (real server) Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-13 inservice (real server) Use  this  command  to  enable  a  real  LSNA T  serv er .  Synt ax inservice no inservice Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command, [...]

  • Seite 654

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tr an slation (LSNAT) faildetect (real server) 19-14 LSNAT C onfiguration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  ping  will  be  chosen  as  the  fail  detection  type.  Unless  the  UDP  option  is  specified,  app  defaults  to  TCP . Mode R[...]

  • Seite 655

    faildetect acv-command Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-15 Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#faild etect type app udp Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#inser vice This  example  sets  the  ACV  protocol  to  TCP  for  the  real  se[...]

  • Seite 656

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) faildetect acv-reply 19-16 LSNAT C onfiguration faildetect acv-reply Use  this  command  to  set  the  expected  va l id at i o n  ACV  reply  st ring  from  the  server  application  port. Synt ax faildetect acv-reply “ reply-string ” Par[...]

  • Seite 657

    faildetect read-till-index Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-17 Usage A  Carriage  Return  /  Line  Feed  character  “rn”  is  appended  to  the  quit  stri ng  when  it  is  sent  to  the  server[...]

  • Seite 658

    Configuring Load Sharing Network A ddress Translation (LSNAT) maxconns 19-18 LSNAT C onfiguration maxconns Use  this  command  to  limit  the  number  of  connections  to  a  real  LSNA T  server .  Synt ax maxconns maximum-number no maxconns Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  R[...]

  • Seite 659

    show ip slb vservers Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-19 Mode Router  command,  SLB  Real  Serv er  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ real) #  Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets ?[...]

  • Seite 660

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) show ip slb vservers 19-20 LSNAT C onfiguration five 3.3.3.3 80 ten TCP 41 IS test 192.169.10.88 80 big TCP 240 IS ftp This  example  shows  how  to  display  detailed  information  about  the  “test”  virtua l  serv er: Matrix Router(config)#>s[...]

  • Seite 661

    ip slb vserver Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-21 ip slb vserver Use  this  command  to  identify  an  LSNA T  virtual  server  and  to  access  or  enable  the  virtual  server  load  balance  (SLB)  co[...]

  • Seite 662

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) serverfarm (Virtual Server) 19-22 LSNAT C onfiguration serverfarm (V irtual Server) Use  this  command  to  associate  a  virtual  server  with  an  LSNA T  server  farm. Synt ax serverfarm serverfarm-name no serverfarm serverfarm-name Parameters Defau[...]

  • Seite 663

    virtual Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-23 Parameters Default s If  a  TCP  servi ce  name  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  Server  Configuration  mode:  M[...]

  • Seite 664

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) inservice (virtual server) 19-24 LSNAT C onfiguration inservice (virtual server) Use  this  command  to  enable  a  virtual  LSNA T  server .  Synt ax inservice no inservice Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  S[...]

  • Seite 665

    persistence level Configuring Lo ad Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-25 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  Server  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ vserver)#  Usage If  no  clients  are  s[...]

  • Seite 666

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Addres s Tran slation (LSNAT) persistence level 19-26 LSNAT C onfiguration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  persistence  level  is  set  to  TCP . Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  Server  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ vserver)#[...]

  • Seite 667

    allow accessservers Configuring Load Shari ng Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-27 This  example  shows  how  to  use  sticky  session  persistence,  in  conjunction  with  the  sticky  server  farm  parameter .  Matrix>Router(config)#i[...]

  • Seite 668

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tr anslatio n (LSNAT) ip slb allowaccess_all 19-28 LSNAT C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  allow  clients  at  10.24.16.12  through  10.24 .16.42  non ‐ LSNA T  access  to  the  virtual  serve r  named  “virtual ‐ http”: Matrix[...]

  • Seite 669

    show ip slb conns Configuring Load Shari ng Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-29 Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#inser vice Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#exit Matrix>Router(config-slb-sfarm)#exit Matrix>Router(config)#ip slb vserver virtual-http Matrix>Router(config-slb-vser[...]

  • Seite 670

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) show ip slb stats 19-30 LSNAT C onfiguration 1 192.169.1.11 192.168.1.253 23 1249 TCP OUT-SERVR REPLY This  example  shows  how  to  display  detailed  information  about  acti ve  server  load  balancing  connections: Matrix>Router#show ip slb c[...]

  • Seite 671

    show ip slb sticky Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-31 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  serv er  load  balancing  connection  stati[...]

  • Seite 672

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Addres s Tran slation (LSNAT) c lear ip slb 19-32 LSNAT C onfiguration clear ip slb Use  this  command  to  clear  server  load  balancing  counters  or  to  remove  serv er  load  balancing  connections. Synt ax clear ip slb {[ counters ] [ connections { all | flowid flo[...]

  • Seite 673

    set router limits (LSNAT) Configuring Load S haring Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-33 Usage This  command  must  be  executed  from  the  switch  CLI. Examples This  example  displays  all  router  limit s  for  this  system:  Matrix(su[...]

  • Seite 674

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) clear router limits (LSNAT) 19-34 LSNAT C onfiguration Default s •I f  not  specified,  maximum  bindings  wi ll  be  set  to  the  default  va l u e  of  5000. •I f  not  specified,  cac he  size  will  be  set  to  t[...]

  • Seite 675

    clear router limits (LSNAT) Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-35 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  must  be  executed  from  the  switch  CLI. Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset ?[...]

  • Seite 676

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) clear router limits (LSNAT) 19-36 LSNAT C onfiguration[...]

  • Seite 677

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-1 20 DHCP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol  (D HCP)  configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  us e  them. DHCP Overview The  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol  (DH[...]

  • Seite 678

    DHCP Overview 20-2 DHCP C onfiguration To  configure  DHCP  on  the  Enterasys  Matrix ‐ N  or  standalone  device,  you  must  configure  an  IP  address  pool,  client  parameters,  and  optional  stati c  IP  address  for  a  specifie d  scope.  Where  sever[...]

  • Seite 679

    DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-3 Domain Name 15 Swap Server 16 Root Path 17 Extensions Path 18 IP Forwarding Enable/D isable 19 Non Local Source Routing Enabl e/Disable 20 Policy Filter 21 Max Datagram Reassembly Size 22 Default IP T ime-to-live 23 Path MTU Aging T imeout 24 Path MTU Plate au T able 25 Interf[...]

  • Seite 680

    DHCP Overview 20-4 DHCP C onfiguration DHCP Command Modes Except  for  clear  and  sh ow  commands,  most  DHCP  configuration  commands  can  be  executed  in  most  of  the  DHCP  command  modes  shown  in  Ta b l e 2 0 ‐ 2 .  CLI  examples  in  this  secti on  [...]

  • Seite 681

    DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-5 Commands DHCP Class Configuration Mode Configure a DHCP client class. Ty p e client-class and the client class name from DHCP Pool or Host Configuration Mode. Matrix>Router (config-dhcp-class)# DHCP Host Configuration Mode Configure DHCP host parameters. Ty p e client- iden[...]

  • Seite 682

    DHCP Overview ip dhcp server 20-6 DHCP C onfiguration ip dhcp server Use  this  command  to  enable  DHCP  server  features  on  a  routing  interface. Synt ax ip dhcp server no ip dhcp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan[...]

  • Seite 683

    exclude DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-7 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix >Router(config)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  local  addr ess  pool. Example This  example  shows  how  to [...]

  • Seite 684

    DHCP Overview ip dhcp ping packets 20-8 DHCP C onfiguration ip dhcp ping p acket s Use  this  command  to  specify  the  number  of  packets  a  DHCP  server  sends  to  an  IP  addres s  before  assigning  the  address  to  a  requesting  client. Synt ax ip dhcp ping packets n[...]

  • Seite 685

    ip dhcp pool DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-9 Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets  the  ping  timeout  to  the  default  val u e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  DHCP  ping  timeout  to  900  millisec[...]

  • Seite 686

    DHCP Overview dns-server 20-10 DHCP C onfiguration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage This  command  configures  DHCP  option  15. The  “no”  form  of  this  command  deletes  a  DHCP  domain  name. Example This  example  show[...]

  • Seite 687

    netbios-name-server DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  assign  a  DNS  server  at  11.12.1.99  to  the  “localpool”  address  pool: Matrix>Router(config)#ip dhcp pool l ocalpool Matrix>Router(config-dhcp-pool)#dns- se[...]

  • Seite 688

    DHCP Overview default-router 20-12 DHCP C onfiguration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage This  command  configures  DHCP  option  46. The  “no”  form  of  this  command  deletes  the  NetBIOS  node  type. Example This  example ?[...]

  • Seite 689

    bootfile DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-13 Usage This  command  configures  DHCP  option  3. The ʺ no ʺ form  of  this  command  deletes  the  default  router  list. Example This  example  shows  how  to  assign  a  default  router  at [...]

  • Seite 690

    DHCP Overview option 20-14 DHCP C onfiguration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage The  next  se rver  is  the  serv er  the  client  will  contact  for  the  boot  file  if  the  primary  serv er  is  not  able  to [...]

  • Seite 691

    lease DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-15 Usage These  configuratio n  parameters  and  other  control  information  are  carried  in  tagged  data  items  that  are  stored  in  the  options  field  of  the  DHCP  message  to  networ k [...]

  • Seite 692

    DHCP Overview host 20-16 DHCP C onfiguration Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets  the  lease  duration  to  the  default  va l u e  of  1  day  (24  hours). Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  a  one ‐ hour  leas e  to  the  “localpoo[...]

  • Seite 693

    client-identifier DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-17 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage Using  this  command  to  giv e  a  set  of  client  class  properties  a  name,  allows  you  to  assign [...]

  • Seite 694

    DHCP Overview client-name 20-18 DHCP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  assign  client  MAC  address  00.01f4.0127  within  “clientclass1”: Matrix>Router(config)#ip dhcp pool l ocalpool Matrix>Router(config-dhcp-pool)#clie nt-identifier 0100.01f4.0127 client-class clientclass1 client-nam[...]

  • Seite 695

    show ip dhcp binding DH CP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-19 Parameters Default s If  type  is  not  specified,  Ethernet  will  be  applied. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e . Usage This  command  also  enables  DHCP  host  configurati[...]

  • Seite 696

    DHCP Overview clear ip dhcp binding 20-20 DHCP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  DHCP  binding  address  parameters,  including  an  associated  Ethernet  MAC  addresses,  lease  expiration  dates,  type  of  address  assignments,  and  whet[...]

  • Seite 697

    show ip dhcp ser ver statistics DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-21 Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  DHCP  serv er  statistics: Matrix>Router#show ip dhcp server st atistics Memory usage 614874 Addre[...]

  • Seite 698

    DHCP Overview clear ip dhcp server statistics 20-22 DHCP C onfiguration clear ip dhcp server st atistics Use  this  command  to  reset  all  DHCP  server  counters. Synt ax clear ip dhcp server statistics Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This [...]

  • Seite 699

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-1 21 Routing Protocol Configuration This  chapter  describes  the  Routing  Protocol  Configuration  set  of  command s  and  how  to  use  the m. Activating Advanced Routing Features In  order  to  enable  adv anced  routing  protoc[...]

  • Seite 700

    Configuring RIP router rip 21-2 Routing Proto col Configuration router rip Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  RIP  configuration  mode. Synt ax router rip no router rip T able 21- 1 RIP Configuration T ask List and Commands T o do this... Use these command s... Enable RIP configuration mode and associa te a netw[...]

  • Seite 701

    network Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-3 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage Yo u  must  execute  the  router  rip  command  to  enab le  the  protocol  before  completing  many ?[...]

  • Seite 702

    Configuring RIP neighbor 21-4 Routing Proto col Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  attach  network  192.168.1.0  to  the  RIP  routing  process: Matrix>Router(config)#router rip Matrix>Router(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 neighbor Use  this  command  to  instruct  the ?[...]

  • Seite 703

    ip ri p offs et Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-5 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage If  sever al  routes  (coming  from  different  protocols)  are  presented  to  the  Enterasys ?[...]

  • Seite 704

    Configuring RIP timers 21-6 Routing Proto col Configuration Default s None.  Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage Adding  an  offset  on  an  interface  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  making  an  interface  a  backup. Th[...]

  • Seite 705

    ip rip send ver sion Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-7 Example This  example  shows  ho w  to  set  RIP  timers  to  a  5  second  update  time,  a  10  second  inv alid  interv al,  a  20  second  holdown  time,  and  a  60  se[...]

  • Seite 706

    Configuring RIP key chain 21-8 Routing Proto col Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  restores  the  default  ver s io n  of  the  RIP  module  update[...]

  • Seite 707

    key Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-9 Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  RIP  authentication  key  chain  called  “md5key”: Matrix>Router(config)#key chain md5k ey key Use  this  command  to  identify  a  RIP  authentication  k[...]

  • Seite 708

    Configuring RIP accept-lifetime 21-10 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router command, Key chain key config uration: Matrix>Router(config-keychain-key)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  authentication  string. Example This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Seite 709

    send-lifetime Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-11 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Key  chain  key  configuration:  Matrix >Router(config ‐ keychain ‐ key)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  accept ‐ lifetime  configuration [...]

  • Seite 710

    Configuring RIP ip rip authentication keychain 21-12 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Key  chain  key  configuration:  Matrix >Router(config ‐ keychain ‐ key)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  se nd ‐ lifetime  configuration  fo[...]

  • Seite 711

    ip rip authentication mod e Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-13 ip rip authentication mode Use  this  command  to  set  the  authentication  mode  when  a  key  cha in  is  present.  Synt ax ip rip authentication mode { text | md5 } no ip rip authentication mode Param[...]

  • Seite 712

    Configuring RIP ip rip disa ble-triggered-updates 21-14 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Usage This  command  is  necessary  for  enabling  CIDR  for  RIP  on  the  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device. By  default,  RIP  versi on  2  supports  automatic  route  summarization,  which [...]

  • Seite 713

    ip split-horizon poison Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-15 ip split-horizon poison Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  split  horizon  poison ‐ reverse  mode  for  RIP  packets .  Synt ax ip split-horizon poison no ip split-horizon poison Parameters None. [...]

  • Seite 714

    Configuring RIP receive-interface 21-16 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage This  command  does  not  prevent  RIP  from  monitoring  updates  on  the  interface. The  “no”  form  of  this  command ?[...]

  • Seite 715

    distribute-list Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-17 distribute-list Use  this  command  to  filter  networks  rece ived  and  to  suppress  netw orks  from  being  advertised  in  RIP  updates. Synt ax distribute-list access-list-number { in vlan vlan-id | out v[...]

  • Seite 716

    Configuring RIP redistribute 21-18 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s •I f  metric  value  is  not  s pecified,  1  wil l  be  applied. •I f  subnets  is  not  specified,  only  non ‐ subnetted  routes  will  be  redistributed. Mode Router  configuration:  Matrix[...]

  • Seite 717

    redistribute Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-19 Configuring OSPF Underst anding Graceful Rest art OSPF  gracef ul  restart,  sometimes  referred  to  as  non ‐ stop  forw arding,  provides  for  an  OSPF  router  to  remain  on  the  forw arding  pa[...]

  • Seite 718

    Configuring OSPF redistribute 21-20 Routing Prot ocol Configuration own  forw arding  engine  that  uses  this  information  to  make  forw arding  decisions  locally  on  the  module  that  receives  the  frame.  These  engines  independently  make  forwarding  decisions  b[...]

  • Seite 719

    redistribute Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-21 OSPF Configuration T ask List and Commands Ta b l e 2 1 ‐ 2  lists  the  tasks  and  commands  associated  with  OSPF  configuration.  Commands  are  described  in  the  associated  section  as  shown. . [...]

  • Seite 720

    Configuring OSPF router ospf 21-22 Routing Prot ocol Configuration router osp f Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  Open  Shortest  Pa t h  First  (OSPF)  configuration  mode. Synt ax router ospf process-id no router ospf process-id Parameters Default s None. Enable passive OSPF mode on an interface. [...]

  • Seite 721

    network Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-23 Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage Yo u  must  execute  the  router  ospf  command  to  enable  the  protocol  before  completing  many  OSPF ‐ specific  config[...]

  • Seite 722

    Configuring OSPF router id 21-24 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  configure  IP  address  182.127.62.1  0.0.0.31  as  OSPF  area  0: Matrix>Router(config)#router ospf 1 Matrix>Router(config-router)#network 182.127.62.1 0.0.0.31 area 0 router id Use  this  comma[...]

  • Seite 723

    ip ospf priority Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-25 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage Each  router  interface  that  participates  in  OSPF  routing  is  assigned  a  default  cost.  This ?[...]

  • Seite 724

    Configuring OSPF timers spf 21-26 Routing Prot ocol Configuration timers sp f Use  this  command  to  change  OSPF  timer  va l u e s  to  fine ‐ tune  the  OSPF  network. Synt ax timers spf spf-delay spf-hold no timers spf Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Ma[...]

  • Seite 725

    ip ospf transmit-delay Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-27 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets  the  retransmi t  interval  valu e  to  the  de f[...]

  • Seite 726

    Configuring OSPF ip ospf hello- interval 21-28 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip osp f hello-interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  number  of  seconds  a  router  must  wai t  before  sending  a  hello  packet  to  neighbor  routers  on  an  interface.  Synt ax ip ospf he[...]

  • Seite 727

    ip ospf authentication-key Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-29 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  sets  the  dead  interv al  va l u e  to ?[...]

  • Seite 728

    Configuring OSPF ip ospf message digest key md5 21-30 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enables  an  OSPF  au thentication  key  on  VLAN  1  with  the  passw ord  “yourpass”: Matrix>Router(config)#interface vlan 1 Matrix>Router(config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf[...]

  • Seite 729

    area range Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-31 Parameters Default s If  route  type  is  not  specified,  the  distance  va l u e  will  be  applied  to  all  OSPF  routes  (110). Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(conf[...]

  • Seite 730

    Configuring OSPF area authentication 21-32 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage Each  Enterasy s  Mat rix  Series  module  or  standalone  device  can  support  up  to  6  OSPF  ar ea[...]

  • Seite 731

    area stub Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-33 Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  authentication  for  an  OSPF  area. Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  MD5  auth entication  on  OSPF  area  10.0.0.0: Matrix>[...]

  • Seite 732

    Configuring OSPF area default cost 21-34 Routing Prot ocol Configuration area default cost Use  this  command  to  set  the  cost  val u e  for  the  default  route  that  is  sent  into  a  stub  area  by  an  Area  Border  Router  (ABR).  Synt ax area area-id default-cost [...]

  • Seite 733

    area virtual-link Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-35 Default s If  default ‐ information ‐ originate  is  not  specif ied,  no  default  type  will  be  generated. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage An  [...]

  • Seite 734

    Configuring OSPF passive-interface 21-36 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  virtual  link. Example This  example  shows  how  to  configur[...]

  • Seite 735

    redistribute Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-37 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix ‐ >Rou ter(config ‐ router)#  Usage This  allows  an  interface  to  be  included  in  the  OSPF  route  table,  but  turns  off  sending ?[...]

  • Seite 736

    Configuring OSPF database-overflow 21-38 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s •I f  metric  value  is  not  s pecified,  0  wil l  be  applied. •I f  type  value  is  not  specif ied,  type  2  (external  route)  will  be  applied. •I f  subnets  is  not  specifie[...]

  • Seite 737

    graceful-restart enable Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-39 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix ‐ >Rou ter(config ‐ router)#  Usage Setting  database  overflow  allows  you  to  set  a  limit  on  the  number  of  external  LSA[...]

  • Seite 738

    Configuring OSPF graceful-restart helper-disable 21-40 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  graceful  restart  ability  on  this  router: Matrix->Router(config)#router ospf 1 Matrix->Router(config-router)#gracef ul-restart enable Matrix->Router(config-router[...]

  • Seite 739

    graceful-restart stri ct-lsa-checking-disable Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-41 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix ‐ >Rou ter(config ‐ router)#  Usage The  restart  intev al  sets  the  maximum  amount  of  time [...]

  • Seite 740

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf 21-42 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  strict  LSA  checking  on  thi s  router: Matrix->Router(config)#router ospf 1 Matrix->Router(config-router)#gracef ul-restart strict-lsa-checking-disable show ip osp f Use  this  command ?[...]

  • Seite 741

    show ip ospf database Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-43 Link State Update Interval is 00 :30:00 and due in 00:02:28. Link State Age Interval is 00:00 :00 and due in 00:00:00. Area 0.0.0.2 Number of interfaces in this are a is 3 Area has no authentication SPF algorithm executed 61 times Area ranges are 140.[...]

  • Seite 742

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf database 21-44 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s If  link ‐ state ‐ id  is  not  specified,  the  specified  type  of  database  rec ords  will  be  display ed  for  all  link  state  IDs.  Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example[...]

  • Seite 743

    show ip ospf border -routers Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-45 show ip osp f border-routers Use  this  command  to  display  information  about  OSPF  internal  entries  to  Area  Border  Routers  (ABRs)  and  Autonomous  System  Boundary  Routers ?[...]

  • Seite 744

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf interface 21-46 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s If  vlan ‐ id  is  not  specified,  OSPF  statistics  will  be  display ed  for  all  VLANs. Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  [...]

  • Seite 745

    show ip ospf neighb or Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-47 show ip osp f neighbor Use  this  command  to  display  the  state  of  communication  betw een  an  OSPF  router  and  its  neighbor  routers. Synt ax show ip ospf neighbor [ detail ] [ ip-a ddress ] [[...]

  • Seite 746

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf virtual-links 21-48 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  use  the  show  ospf  neighbor  comm and: Matrix>Router#show ip ospf neighbor ID Pri State Dead-Int Address Interface 182.127.62.1 1 FULL 40 182.127.63.1 vlan1 Ta b l e 2 1 ‐ 5  provides  [...]

  • Seite 747

    clear ip ospf process Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-49 Hello 10, Dead 40, W ait 40, Retransmit 5 Adjacency State FULL Ta b l e 2 1 ‐ 6  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. clear ip osp f process Use  this  command  to  reset  the  OSPF  process.[...]

  • Seite 748

    Configuring OSPF debug ip ospf 21-50 Routing Prot ocol Configuration debug ip osp f Use  this  command  to  enable  OSPF  protocol  debuggi ng  output. Synt ax debug ip ospf { subsystem } no debug ip ospf { subsystem } Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Usage Th[...]

  • Seite 749

    rfc1583compatible Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-51 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  OSPF  RFC  1583  compatible. Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Seite 750

    Configuring DVMRP ip dvmrp 21-52 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Configuring DVMRP Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Distance  Ve c t o r  Multicast  Routing  Protocol  (DVMRP)  on  an  interface.  DVMRP  routes  multicast  traf fic  using  a  technique  known  as  Reverse [...]

  • Seite 751

    ip dvmrp metric Configuring DVMRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-53 The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  DVMRP . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  DVMRP  on  VLAN  1: Matrix>Router(config)#interface vlan 1 Matrix>Router(config-if(Vlan 1))#ip dv[...]

  • Seite 752

    Configuring DVMRP show ip dvmrp route 21-54 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  DVMRP  routing  table  entries.  In  this  case,  the  routing  table  has  5  entries.  The  first  entry ?[...]

  • Seite 753

    ip irdp Configuring IRDP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-55 Configuring IRDP Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  ICM P  Router  Discove ry  Protocol  (IRDP)  on  an  int erface.  This  protocol  enables  a  host  to  determine  the  address  of  a [...]

  • Seite 754

    Configuring IRDP ip irdp maxadvertinterval 21-56 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip ird p maxadvertinterval Use  this  command  to  set  the  maximum  interv al  in  seconds  between  IRDP  ad vertise ments. Synt ax ip irdp maxadvertinterval interval no irdp maxadvertinterval Parameters Default s None. Mode Route[...]

  • Seite 755

    ip irdp holdtime Configurin g IRDP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-57 Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  deletes  the  custom  holdtime  setting  and  resets  the  minimum  advertisement  interv al  to  the  default  va lu e  of  three ‐ fourths [...]

  • Seite 756

    Configuring IRDP ip irdp preference 21-58 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip ird p preference Use  this  command  to  set  the  IRDP  preference  val u e  for  an  interface.  This  val u e  is  used  by  IRDP  to  determine  the  inte rface’ s  selection  as  a  default ?[...]

  • Seite 757

    no ip irdp multicast Configuring IRDP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-59 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  clears  an  IP  address  from  being  adv ertised. Example Thi[...]

  • Seite 758

    Configuring IRDP show ip irdp 21-60 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s If  vlan  vlan ‐ id  is  not  specified,  IRDP  information  for  all  interfaces  will  be  displayed. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Example This  ex[...]

  • Seite 759

    router vrrp Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-61 Configuring VRRP Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Vi rt ua l  Router  Redundancy  Protocol  (VRRP).  This  protocol  eliminates  the  single  point  of  failure  inherent  in  the  static ?[...]

  • Seite 760

    Configuring VRRP create 21-62 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Usage Yo u  mu st  execute  the  router  vrrp  command  to  enable  the  protocol  before  completing  other  VRRP ‐ specific  configuration  tasks.  For  details  on  enablin g  configuration  modes,  refer  to ?[...]

  • Seite 761

    address Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-63 address Use  this  command  to  configure  a  virtual  router  IP  address.  Synt ax address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner no address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Route[...]

  • Seite 762

    Configuring VRRP priority 21-64 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  configure  a  virtual  router  add ress  of  182.127.62.1  on  VLAN  1,  VRID  1,  and  to  set  the  router  connected  to  the  VLAN  via  this  interface  a[...]

  • Seite 763

    master-icmp-reply Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-65 Example This  example  shows  how  set  a  VRRP  priorit y  of  200  on  VLAN  1,  VRID  1: Matrix>Router(config)#router vrrp Matrix>Router(config-router)#priorit y vlan 1 1 200 master-icmp-reply Use  thi[...]

  • Seite 764

    Configuring VRRP advertise-interval 21-66 Routing Prot ocol Configuration advertise-interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  interv al  in  seconds  between  VRRP  advertisements.  Synt ax advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval no advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval Parameters Default s None. M[...]

  • Seite 765

    preempt Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-67 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  critical ‐ priority  will  be  set  to  10. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage A  critical  IP  address  defines  [...]

  • Seite 766

    Configuring VRRP preempt-delay 21-68 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage The  router  that  owns  the  virtual  router  IP  address  alw ays  preempts  other  routers,  reg ardle ss  of  thi[...]

  • Seite 767

    enable Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-69 When  preempt  mode  is  enabled  this  specifies  a  delay  (in  seconds)  that  a  higher  priority  backup  router  must  wai t  to  preempt  a  lower  priority  maste r .  For  more ?[...]

  • Seite 768

    Configuring VRRP ip vrrp authentication-key 21-70 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip vrrp authentication-key Use  this  command  to  set  a  VRRP  authentication  passw ord  on  an  interface.  Synt ax ip vrrp authentication-key password no ip vrrp authentication-key Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  com[...]

  • Seite 769

    show ip vrrp Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-71 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  clears  VRRP  MD5  authentication. Example This  example [...]

  • Seite 770

    Configuring VRRP show ip vrrp 21-72 Routing Prot ocol Configuration T able 21-7 show ip vrrp Output Details Output... W hat it displays... Vlan S p ecifies the VLAN on which this VRRP session resides. V rid S pecifies the Virtual Router ID associated with the routing interface. S tate S p ecifies the current state of the VRRP session as follows: St[...]

  • Seite 771

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-1 22 Port Priority and Rate Limiting Configuration This  chapter  describes  the  Po r t  Priority  and  Rate  Limiting  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Port Priority Configuration Summary The  Enterasys  Matrix  Series [...]

  • Seite 772

    Configuring Port Priority show port priority 22-2 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Configuring Port Priority Purpose To  view  or  configure  port  priority  characteristics  as  follows: •D i s p l a y  or  change  the  port  default  Class ‐ of  Service  (CoS )  transmit  pri[...]

  • Seite 773

    set port priority Configuring Port Priority Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-3 fe.2.5 is set to 0 set port priority Use  this  command  to  set  the  802.1D  (802.1p)  Class ‐ of ‐ Service  transmit  queue  priority  (0 through 7)  on  each  port.  Synt ax set port priority[...]

  • Seite 774

    Configuring Port Priority clear port priority 22-4 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .  Usage This  command  will  cause  all  frames  received  without  a  priority  val ue  in  its  header  to  be  set  to ?[...]

  • Seite 775

    show port priority-queue Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-5 Configuring Priority to T ransmit Queue Mapping Purpose To  perform  the  following: •V i e w  the  current  priority  to  transmit  queue  mapping  of  each  port,  which [...]

  • Seite 776

    Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping set port p riority-queue 22-6 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  display  priority  queue  information  for  fe.1.7.  In  this  case,  the  frames  shown  with  a  priority  of  0  or ?[...]

  • Seite 777

    clear port priority-queue Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-7 Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  enables  you  to  change  the  priority  queue  (0 ‐ 7,  depending  on  port  type,  with  0  b[...]

  • Seite 778

    Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping clear port priority-queue 22-8 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  priority  queue  settings  on  fe.2.12:  Matrix(rw)->clear port priority-queu e fe.2.1[...]

  • Seite 779

    show port ratelimit Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-9 Configuring Port T raffic Rate Limiting Purpose To  limit  the  rate  of  inbound  traffic  on  the  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device  on  a  per  port/priority  basis.  The [...]

  • Seite 780

    Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting set port ratelimit 22-10 Port Prior ity and Rate Limiting Configuration ----------- ----- --------- ----- ------- --------- ----------- -------- fe.2.1 1 64125 discard inbound 0 disabled fe.2.1 2 64125 discard inbound 0 disabled fe.2.1 3 64125 discard inbound 0 disabled fe.2.1 4 64125 discard inbound 0 disable[...]

  • Seite 781

    clear port ratelimit C onfiguring Port Traffic Rate Limiting Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 22-11 Default s •I f  not  specified,  threshold  will  be  applied  to  inbound  traffic  on  the  port/priority . •I f  index  is  not  specifie d,  settings  will  be  [...]

  • Seite 782

    Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting clear port ratelimit 22-12 Port Prior ity and Rate Limiting Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  rate  limiting  para meters  on  port  fe.2.: 1Matrix(rw)->clear port ratelimit fe .2.1[...]

  • Seite 783

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-1 23 T ransparent W eb Cache Balancing Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  T ransparent  We b  Cache  Balancing  (TWCB)  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Underst anding T ransp arent W eb Cache Balancing (TWCB) T ransparent  We b  Ca[...]

  • Seite 784

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) 23-2 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration farm  is  configured  with  2  cache  servers  from  the  186. 89.0.0  subnet.  The  s2Server  serv er  farm  is  configured  with  5  cache  servers  from  the  176.89.0.0 [...]

  • Seite 785

    ip twcb wcserverfarm Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-3 ip twcb wcserverfarm Use  this  command  to  create  a  we b ‐ cache  server  farm. Synt ax ip twcb wcserverfarm serverfarm-name Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  Configuration:  [...]

  • Seite 786

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) predictor roundrobin 23-4 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration predictor roundrobin Use  this  command  to  modify  the  round ‐ robin  predictor  val u e  by  applying  a  list  of  destination  IP  addresses  for  which  the ?[...]

  • Seite 787

    cache Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-5 cache Use  this  command  to  create  a  cache  server  based  upon  the  supplied  IP  addre ss. Synt ax cache ip-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Serv er  Fa[...]

  • Seite 788

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) faildetect 23-6 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration Mode Router  command,  Cach e  Serve r  Configuration  mode:  Mat rix(rw) ‐ >Router(config ‐ twcb ‐ cache)# . Usage The  application  method  defaul ts  to  a  check  of  service  [...]

  • Seite 789

    maxconns Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-7 maxconns Use  this  command  to  limit  the  maximum  number  of  connections  to  the  serv er . Synt ax maxconns number Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Cach e  Serv[...]

  • Seite 790

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) ip twcb webcache 23-8 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration Examples This  example  sets  the  maximum  number  of  connections  for  cache  serv er  186.89.10.51  to  100  and  activ ates  the  server:  Matrix(rw)->Router(config)#[...]

  • Seite 791

    http-port Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-9 http-port Use  this  command  to  redirect  outbound  HTTP  requests  to  a  non ‐ standard  HTTP  port  number . Synt ax http-port port-number Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  [...]

  • Seite 792

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) bypass-list range 23-10 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Example This  example  adds  the  server  farm  s1Server  to  the  cache1  web ‐ cache:  Matrix(rw)->Router(config)#ip twcb w ebcache cache1 Matrix(rw)->Router(config-twcb-webca che)#s[...]

  • Seite 793

    ip twcb redirect out Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-11 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Cach e  Serve r  Configuration  mode:  Mat rix(rw) ‐ >Router(config ‐ twcb ‐ webcache)# . Usage Yo u  can  explicitly  specify [...]

  • Seite 794

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balanc ing ( TWCB) show ip twcb wcserverfarm 23-12 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Example This  example  associates  the  cache1  web ‐ cache  with  vlan  1  for  the  redirection  of  HTTP  traffic:  Matrix(rw)->router Matrix>router>enable [...]

  • Seite 795

    show ip twcb webcache Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-13 show ip twcb webcache Use  this  command  to  display  configuration  data  associated  with  the  specified  web ‐ cache. Synt ax show ip twcb webcache [ webcache-name ] Parameter[...]

  • Seite 796

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) show ip twcb stats 23-14 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Example This  example  displays  connection  data  for  the  all  cache  serv ers  and  all  clients:  Matrix(rw)->Router#show ip twcb conn s flo-id cache-server-ip client-ip cport s[...]

  • Seite 797

    show limits Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-15 Default s If  no  parameter  is  specified,  statistics  for  all  we b ‐ caches,  server  farms,  and  cache  serv ers  are  cleared. Mode Router  Command:  Matrix(rw) ‐[...]

  • Seite 798

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing ( TWCB) show router limits (TWCB) 23-16 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  Command:  Matrix(rw) ‐ > . Usage Bindings  and  cache  use  v aluable  mem ory  resources  and  are  shared  on  a  fi rst  co[...]

  • Seite 799

    clear router limits (TWCB) Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balan cing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-17 Mode Switch  command  mode:  Matrix(rw) ‐ > . Examples This  example  displays  all  router  limit s  for  this  system:  Matrix(su)->show router limits LSNAT maximu[...]

  • Seite 800

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balanc ing ( TWCB) clear router limits (TWCB) 23-18 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Usage This  command  must  be  executed  from  the  switch  CLI. Example This  example  resets  the  TWCB  cache  router  limits  setting  to  the  default ?[...]

  • Seite 801

    clear router limits (TWCB) TWCB Con figuration Example Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-19 TWCB Configuration Example In  this  TWCB  configuration  example  we  will  step  through  the  configuration  of  two  serve r  farms  named  s1Server  and  s2Server .  The [...]

  • Seite 802

    TWCB Configuration Example clear router limits (TWCB) 23-20 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Matrix>router Matrix>Router>enable Matrix>Router>#configure Enter configuration commands: Matrix>Router(config)#ip twcb wcserv erfarm s1Server Matrix>Router(config-twcb-wcsfarm)# Configure  the  end ‐ users  th[...]

  • Seite 803

    clear router limits (TWCB) TWCB Con figuration Example Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-21 Matrix>Router(config-twcb-wcsfarm)#e xit Matrix>Router(config)# Configure the cache1 Web Cache Configure  the  web ‐ cache  cache1: Matrix>Router(config)#ip twcb webcac he cache1 Matrix>Router(config-twcb-webcach[...]

  • Seite 804

    TWCB Configuration Example clear router limits (TWCB) 23-22 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration[...]

  • Seite 805

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-1 24 Security Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Security  Configurat ion  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Overview of Security Methods The  following  security  methods  are  av ailable  for  controlling  w[...]

  • Seite 806

    Configuring MAC Locking show maclock 24-2 Secur ity Configuration •F l o w  Setup  Throttling  (FST)  —  prevents  the  effects  of  DoS  attacks  by  limiting  the  number  of  new  or  established  flows  that  can  be  programmed  on  any  individual  swi tch ?[...]

  • Seite 807

    show maclock Configuring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-3 Parameters Default s If  port_string  is  not  specified,  MAC  locking  status  will  be  displayed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Seite 808

    Configuring MAC Locking show maclock stations 24-4 Secur ity Configuration show maclock st ations Use  this  command  to  display  MAC  locking  information  about  end  stations  connected  to  the  device. Synt ax show maclock stations [ firstarrival | static ] [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Seite 809

    set maclock enable Configu ring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-5 set maclock enable Use  this  command  to  enable  MAC  locking  on  one  or  more  por ts.  Synt ax set maclock enable [ port_string ] Parameters Default s If  port_string  is  not  specified,  M[...]

  • Seite 810

    Configuring MAC Locking set ma clock 24-6 Secur ity Configuration Parameters Default s If  port_string  is  not  specified,  MAC  locking  will  be  disabled  on  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  MAC  locking  on ?[...]

  • Seite 811

    set maclock firs tarrival Configuring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  MAC  locking  association  between  MAC  addr ess  00 ‐ a0 ‐ c9 ‐ 0d ‐ 32 ‐ 11  and  port  fe.2.3:  Matrix(rw)->set maclock 00-[...]

  • Seite 812

    Configuring MAC Locking clear maclock firstarrival 24-8 Secur ity Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  move  all  current  first  arrival  MA Cs  to  static  entries  on  fe.1.3:  Matrix(rw)->set maclock move fe.1.3 clear maclock firs[...]

  • Seite 813

    clear maclock static Configuring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-9 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  restrict  MAC  locking  to  4  static  addresses  on  fe.2.3:  Matrix(rw)->set maclock static fe.[...]

  • Seite 814

    Configuring MAC Locking clear maclock 24-10 Secu rity Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  enabled,  this  authorizes  the  device  to  send  an  SNMP  trap  message  if  an  end  station  is  connected  that  exceeds  the  maximum ?[...]

  • Seite 815

    show ssh state Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-11 Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Purpose To  review ,  enable,  disable,  and  configure  the  Secure  Shell  (SSH)  protocol,  which  provides  secure  Te l n e t . Commands show ssh st ate Use  this [...]

  • Seite 816

    Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) set ssh hostkey 24-12 Secu rity Configuration Parameters Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  SSH: Matrix(rw)->set ssh disable set ssh hostkey Use  this  command  to  set  or  reinitialize  new [...]

  • Seite 817

    set router ssh Configuring Secu re Shell (SSH) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-13 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  state  of  SSH  service  to  the  rout er: Matrix(rw)->show router ssh SSH Server statu[...]

  • Seite 818

    Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) clear router ssh 24-14 Secu rity Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  SSH  service  to  the  router  to  the  default  state  of  disabled: Matrix(rw)->clear router ssh[...]

  • Seite 819

    show access-lists Con figuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-15 Configuring Access List s Purpose To  review  and  configure  security  access  control  lists  (ACLs),  which  permit  or  deny  access  to  routing  interfaces  based  on  protocol  an[...]

  • Seite 820

    Configuring Access Lists access-list (standard) 24-16 Secu rity Configuration deny ip 150.136.0.0 0.0.255.255 224. 0.0.0 15.255.255.255 deny ip 11.6.0.0 0.1.255.255 224.0.0 .0 15.255.255.255 2) deny ip 172.24.24.0 0.0.1.255 224.0. 0.0 15.255.255.255 access-list (st andard) Use  this  command  to  define  a  standard  IP  acc[...]

  • Seite 821

    access-list (extended) Configuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-17 Default s •I f  insert,  replace  or  move  are  not  specifie d,  the  new  entry  will  be  appended  to  the  access  list. •I f  source2  is  not  specified  with  m[...]

  • Seite 822

    Configuring Access Lists access-list (extended) 24-18 Secu rity Configuration T o apply ACL restrictions to IP , UDP , or ICMP p acket s: access-list access-list-number { deny | permit } protocol source [ source-wildcard ] [ operator [ port ]] destination [ desti nation-wildcard ] [ operator [ port ]] [ tos-extensions ][ icmp-type [ icmp-cod e ] [ [...]

  • Seite 823

    access-list (extended) Configuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-19 Default s •I f  insert ,  replace ,  or  move  are  not  specif ied,  the  new  entry  will  be  appended  to  the  access  list. •I f  source2  is  not  specified  with ?[...]

  • Seite 824

    Configuring Access Lists ip access-group 24-20 Secu rity Configuration Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage Va l i d  access ‐ list ‐ numbers  for  extended  ACLs  are  100  to  199 .  For  standard  ACLs,  va l i d  va l u e s  are  1  to ?[...]

  • Seite 825

    ip access-group Configuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-21 Usage ACLs  must  be  applied  per  routing  interface.  An  entry  (rule)  can  either  be  applied  to  inbound  or  outbound  frames. The  “no”  form  of  this  command  [...]

  • Seite 826

    Configuring Denial of Service (DoS) Prevention show hostdos 24-22 Secu rity Configuration Configuring Denial of Service (DoS) Prevention Purpose To  configure  Denial  of  Service  (DoS)  prev ention,  which  will  protect  the  router  from  attacks  and  notify  administrator s  via  Syslog. C[...]

  • Seite 827

    hostdos Configuring Denial of Service (D oS) Prevention Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-23 Disabled IP packet with multicast/broadcast s ource address Always enabled 0 attacks Fragmented ICMP traffic Disabled Large ICMP packet Disabled Ping-of-Death attack Always enabled 0 attacks Port Scanning Disabled host dos Use  thi[...]

  • Seite 828

    Configuring Denial of Service (DoS) Prevention clear hostdos-counters 24-24 Secu rity Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  globally  enable  land  attack  and  large  ICMP  packets  protection  for  packets  larger  than  2000  bytes: Matrix>Router(config)#hostdos land Mat[...]

  • Seite 829

    clear hostdos-counters Configur ing Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-25 Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) About FST Flow  Setup  Throttling  (FST)  is  a  proactive  feature  designed  to  mitigate  DoS  attacks  before  the  virus  can  wre[...]

  • Seite 830

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) show flowlimit 24-26 Secu rity Configuration show flowlimit Use  this  command  to  display  flow  setup  throttling  information. Synt ax show flowlimit [ port [ port-string ]] [ stats [ port-str ing ]] Parameters Default s If  no  optional  parameters  are  specified, [...]

  • Seite 831

    set flowlimit limit Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-27 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  FST  on  Fast  Ethernet  ports  1 ‐ 5  in  modul e  2: Matrix(rw)->set flowlimit fe.2.1-5 e nable set flowlimit limit Use  this  c[...]

  • Seite 832

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) clear flowlimit limit 24-28 Secu rity Configuration clear flowlimit limit Use  this  command  to  remove  a  flow  limit  configuration. Synt ax clear flowlimit { limit1 | l imit2 } [ u serport | serverport | aggregateduser | interswitchlink | unspecified ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Seite 833

    clear flowlimit action Configur ing Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-29 Default s •I f  action  is  not  specified,  no  action  will  be  applied. •I f  classification  port  type  is  not  specif ied,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Swi[...]

  • Seite 834

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) show flowlimit class 24-30 Secu rity Configuration Default s •I f  not  specified,  all  action  types  will  be  removed.  •I f  not  specified,  the  act ion  will  be  removed  from  all  port  classifications. Mode Switch  command,  Rea[...]

  • Seite 835

    set flowlimit port Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-31 Example This  example  shows  how  to  show  flow  limits  and  associated  actions  configured  for  the  va r i o u s  port  classifications: Matrix(rw)->show flowlimit class Flo[...]

  • Seite 836

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) clear flowlimit port class 24-32 Secu rity Configuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  settings  will  apply  to  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Once  a  classification  is  assigned,  these  ports  w[...]

  • Seite 837

    set flowlimit notification Configuring Flow Setup T hrottling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-33 Parameters Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  enabled,  this  allo ws  ports  configured  with  a  “tra p”  action  to  send  an  SNM[...]

  • Seite 838

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST ) clear flowlimit notification inter val 24-34 Secu rity Configuration clear flowlimit notification interval Use  this  command  to  reset  the  SNMP  flow  limit  notificati on  interval  to  the  default  val u e  of  120  seconds. Synt ax clear flowlimit no[...]

  • Seite 839

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-1 25 Authentication Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  set  of  commands  for  supported  authentication  methods. Overview of Authentication Methods The  following  authentication  methods  are  av ailable  for  controlling  wh[...]

  • Seite 840

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication 25-2 Authentication Co nfiguration •L o c a l  user  credentials  —  used  for  local  authentication  and  authorization  of  CLI  and  We b Vi e w  management  sessions.  For  details,  refer  to  “ Setting  User  Accounts  and  Pa s s [...]

  • Seite 841

    show dot1x Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-3 selected  ports,  which  results  in  allowing  or  denying  network  access  according  to  RADIUS  se rver  configuration. Commands show dot1x Use  this  command  to  display  802.1X  [...]

  • Seite 842

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication show dot1x 25-4 Authentication Co nfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  display  802.1X  status:  Matrix(rw)->show dot1x DOT1X is disabled. This  example  shows  how  to  display  authentication  diagnostics ?[...]

  • Seite 843

    show dot1x auth-config Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-5 Matrix(rw)->show dot1x auth-stats fe .1.1 Port: 1 Auth-Stats: EAPOL Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL Frames Tx: 0 EAPOL Start Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL RespId Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL Resp Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL ReqId Frames Tx: 0 EAPOL[...]

  • Seite 844

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication show dot1x auth-config 25-6 Authentication Co nfiguration Default s •I f  no  parameters  are  specif ied,  all  802.1X  settings  will  be  displ ayed. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  information  for  all  ports  will  be  displayed. [...]

  • Seite 845

    set dot1x Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-7 set dot1x Use  this  command  to  ena ble  or  disable  802.1X  authentication,  to  reauthenticate  one  or  more  access  entities,  or  to  reinitialize  one  or  more  supplican[...]

  • Seite 846

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication set dot1x auth-config 25-8 Authentication Co nfiguration Parameters Default s If port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  authentication  parameters  will  be  set  on  all  por ts Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  [...]

  • Seite 847

    clear dot1x auth-config Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-9 This  example  shows  how  to  enable  reauthenti cation  control  on  ports  fe.1.1 ‐ 3: Matrix(rw)->set dot1x auth-config re athenabled true fe.1.1-3 This  example  shows  how  to  [...]

  • Seite 848

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication clear dot1x auth-config 25-10 Authenticat ion Configuration Matrix(rw)->clear dot1x auth-config quietperiod fe.1.1-3[...]

  • Seite 849

    clear dot1x auth-config Configurin g Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-11 Configuring Port W eb Authentication (PW A) About PW A PW A  provides  a  wa y  of  authenticating  users  before  allowing  general  access  to  the  netw ork.  A  PW A  user[...]

  • Seite 850

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) clear dot1x auth-config 25-12 Authenticat ion Configuration •a l l o w  access  to  a  server  (at  IP  1.2.3.4)  that  acts  as  both  a  DNS  and  DHCP  server ,  and •b e  assigned  as  the  default  policy  profile  for  all [...]

  • Seite 851

    show pwa Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-13 show pwa Use  this  command  to  display  port  web  authentication  information  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show pwa [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not[...]

  • Seite 852

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) show pwa 25-14 Authenticat ion Configuration T able 25-1 show pwa Output Det ails Output... W hat it displays... PW A S tatus Whether or not port we b authentica tion is enabled or disabled. Default state of disabled can be changed using the set pwa command a s described in “ set pwa ” on page 25-15. PW[...]

  • Seite 853

    set pwa Configuring Port Web Authen tication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-15 set pwa Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  port  web  authentication. Synt ax set pwa { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Po r t  We[...]

  • Seite 854

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) clear p wa hostname 25-16 Authenticat ion Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  PW A  host  name  to  “pwa host”:  Matrix(rw)->set pwa hostname pwahost clear pwa hostname Use  this  command  to  clear  the  port  we b ?[...]

  • Seite 855

    set pwa banner Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-17 set pwa banner Use  this  command  to  configure  a  string  to  be  displayed  as  the  PW A  login  banner . Synt ax set pwa banner string Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command[...]

  • Seite 856

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa displaylogo 25-18 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  PW A  login  banner  to  a  blank  string Matrix(rw)->clear pwa banner set pw[...]

  • Seite 857

    set pwa ipaddress Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-19 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  PW A  redirect  time  to  10  seconds:  Matrix(rw)->set pwa redirecttime 1[...]

  • Seite 858

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa enhancedmode 25-20 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  a  the  PW A  protocol  to  CHAP:  Matrix(rw)->set pwa protocol chap set pwa enhancedmode Us[...]

  • Seite 859

    set pwa guestname Configurin g Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-21 set pwa guestname Use  this  command  to  set  a  guest  user  name  for  PW A  enhanced  mode  networking.  Synt ax set pwa guestname name Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t[...]

  • Seite 860

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa guestpassword 25-22 Authenticat ion Configuration set pwa guestp assword Use  this  command  to  set  the  guest  user  password  for  PW A  netw orking.  Synt ax set pwa guestpassword Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e[...]

  • Seite 861

    set pwa initialize Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-23 Usage When  enhanced  mode  is  enabled  (as  described  in  “ se t  pwa  enhance dmode ”  on  page 25 ‐ 20),  PW A  will  use  a  guest  passw ord  and  guest [...]

  • Seite 862

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa maxrequests 25-24 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  quiet  period  will  be  set  for  all  ports. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  PW A  quiet  pe[...]

  • Seite 863

    show pwa session C onfiguring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-25 Parameters Default s Enables  or  disables  all  ports  if  no  port  is  specified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  PW A[...]

  • Seite 864

    Configuring MAC Authentication show macauthentication 25-26 Authenticat ion Configuration Configuring MAC Authentication Purpose To  review ,  disable,  enable  and  configure  MAC  authentication.  This  allows  the  device  to  authenticate  source  MAC  addresses  in  an  exchange  with[...]

  • Seite 865

    show macauthentication Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-27 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  MAC  authentication  information  will  be  display ed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Examples This ?[...]

  • Seite 866

    Configuring MAC Authentication show macauthentication session 25-28 Authenticat ion Configuration show macauthentication session Use  this  command  to  display  the  active  MAC  authe nticated  sessi ons. Synt ax show macauthentication session Parameters None. Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif i[...]

  • Seite 867

    set macauthentication Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-29 set macauthentication Use  this  command  to  globally  enable  or  disable  MAC  authentica tion. Synt ax set macauthentication { enable | disa ble } Parameters Default s Disabled. Mode Switch  command, [...]

  • Seite 868

    Configuring MAC Authentication clear macauthentication passw ord 25-30 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  MAC  authentication  password  to  “macauth”: Matrix(rw)->set macauthentication pa ssword maca[...]

  • Seite 869

    clear macauthentication significant- bits Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-31 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  MAC  authentication  significant  bits  to  24: Matrix(rw)->set macauthenticati[...]

  • Seite 870

    Configuring MAC Authentication set macauthentica tion authallocated 25-32 Authenticat ion Configuration Usage Enabling  port(s)  for  MAC  authentication  requires  globally  enabling  MAC  authentication  on  the  device  as  described  in  “ set  macauthentication ”  on  page 25 ‐ 29 [...]

  • Seite 871

    set macauthentication portinitialize Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-33 Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied  the  number  of  allow ed  authentication  sessions  will  be  cleared  on  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read [...]

  • Seite 872

    Configuring MAC Authentication set macauthe ntication reauthentication 25-34 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  force  the  MAC  authenti cation  session  for  address  00 ‐ 60 ‐ 97 ‐ b5 ‐ 4c ‐ 07  to ?[...]

  • Seite 873

    set macauthentication macreauthenticate Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-35 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  force  ge.2.1  though  5  to  reauthenticate: Matrix(rw)->set macauthen[...]

  • Seite 874

    Configuring MAC Authentication clear macauthentication reauthperiod 25-36 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  is  the  time  lapse  betw een  attempts  to  reauthenticate  any  current  MAC  addres s  authenticated  to  a ?[...]

  • Seite 875

    set macauthentication quietperiod Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-37 set macauthentication quietperiod Use  this  command  to  enable  a  reauthenti cation  attempt  for  failed  entries  at  the  period  specified  in  seconds.  Synt ax set m[...]

  • Seite 876

    Configuring MAC Authentication clear macauthentication quietperiod 25-38 Authenticat ion Configuration Usage The  default  val u e  is  0  (never). Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  macauthentication  quietperiod  for  port  ge.1.1 Matrix(rw)->clear macauthentication quietperiod ge[...]

  • Seite 877

    clear macauthentication quietperiod Configuring C onvergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-39 Configuring Convergence End Point s (CEP) Phone Detection About CEP Phone Detection Convergence  is  a  method  to  detect  a  remote  IP  telephony  or  video ?[...]

  • Seite 878

    Configuring Convergence End Points (C EP) Phone Detection show cep connections 25-40 Authenticat ion Configuration show cep connections Use  this  command  to  display  all  lear ned  CEPs. Synt ax show cep connections port-string Parameters Default s None Mode Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Seite 879

    show cep policy Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-41 Parameters Default s If  no  detection ‐ id  is  specified,  al l  CEP  detection  parameters  are  displayed. Mode Read ‐ Only . Examples This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Seite 880

    Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone D etection show cep port 25-42 Authenticat ion Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  display  CEP  policy  information: Matrix>show cep policy CEP default policies CEP Type Policy Index Policy Name -------- ------------ ------------ cisco 13 Cisco IP Pho ne si[...]

  • Seite 881

    set cep port Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-43 Default s Disabled. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  enable  CEP  detection: Matrix>set cep enable set cep port Use  this [...]

  • Seite 882

    Configuring Convergence End Points (C EP) Phone Detection set cep detection-id 25-44 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  is  the  policy  that  will  be  applied  when  a  phone  of  the  specified  type  is  detected ?[...]

  • Seite 883

    set cep detection-id type Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-45 Usage This  command  applies  only  to  Siemens,  H.323,  and  SIP  phone  detection.  Cisco  detection  uses  CiscoDP  as  its  discovery  method. Examp[...]

  • Seite 884

    Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone D etection set cep detection-id address 25-46 Authenticat ion Configuration set cep detection-id address Use  this  command  to  set  an  H.323,  Siemens,  or  SIP  phone  detection  group’ s  IP  address  or  mask.  Synt ax set cep detection-id id a[...]

  • Seite 885

    set cep detection-id porthigh | portlow Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-47 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  applies  only  to  Siemens,  H.323,  and  SIP  phone  detection. [...]

  • Seite 886

    Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone D etection set cep initialize 25-48 Authenticat ion Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  applies  only  to  Siemens,  H.323,  and  SIP  phone  detection.  Cisco  detection  uses  CiscoDP  as  its  discover[...]

  • Seite 887

    clear cep Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-49 clear cep Use  this  command  to  clear  convergence  end  points  parameters. Synt ax clear cep { all | policy | detection [ detection-id ] | users [ port-string ] | port [ port-string { all | cisc[...]

  • Seite 888

    RADIUS Filter-ID Attribute and Dynam ic Policy Profile Assignment clear cep 25-50 Authenticat ion Configuration RADIUS Filter-ID Attribute and Dynamic Policy Profile Assignment If  you  configure  an  authentication  method  that  requires  communication  with  a  RADIUS  server ,  you  can  use  the [...]

  • Seite 889

    show authentication login Setting the Authentication Login Method Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-51 show authentication login Use  this  command  to  display  the  current  authen tication  login  method. Synt ax show authentication login Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command, [...]

  • Seite 890

    Setting the Authentication Login Method clear authentication login 25-52 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  authentication  login  method  to  use  the  local  password  settings:  Matrix(rw)-&[...]

  • Seite 891

    show radius Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-53 Configuring RADIUS Purpose To  perform  the  following: •R e v i e w  the  RADIUS  client/server  configuration  on  the  device. •E n a b l e  or  disable  the  RADIUS  client. •S e t  local  and  r[...]

  • Seite 892

    Configuring RADIUS set radius 25-54 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  RA DIUS  configuration  information  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  RADIUS  configuration  i[...]

  • Seite 893

    clear radius Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-55 Default s •I f  secret ‐ value  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  realm  is  not  specified,  any  authentication  wi ll  be  allowed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .[...]

  • Seite 894

    Configuring RADIUS show radius accounting 25-56 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s •I f  index  or  all  is  not  specified  for  clearing  RADIUS  server ,  all  RADIUS  serv er  settings  will  be  deleted. •I f  no  other  optional  parameters  are  specifie[...]

  • Seite 895

    set radius accounting Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-57 Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  RA DIUS  accounting  configuration  information  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Seite 896

    Configuring RADIUS clear radius accounting 25-58 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  RADIUS  accounting  client  for  authenticating  with  the  accounting  server  1  at  IP  addre[...]

  • Seite 897

    clear radius accounting Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-59 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  RADIUS  accounting  timeout  to  5  seconds  on  all  servers : Matrix(rw)->clear r[...]

  • Seite 898

    Configuring RFC 3580 show vlanauthorization 25-60 Authenticat ion Configuration Configuring RFC 3580 About RFC 3580 RFC  3580  provides  suggestions  on  how  802.1x  Authenticators  should  lev erage  RADIUS  as  the  backend  AAA  infrastructure.  RFC  3580  is  divided  into  sev era[...]

  • Seite 899

    set vlanauthorization Configuring RFC 3580 Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-61 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  VLAN  Authorization  configuration  information  for  ports  ge.1.1 ‐ 3:  Matrix(su)->show vlanauthorization g[...]

  • Seite 900

    Configuring RFC 3580 clear vlanauthorization 25-62 Authenticat ion Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  VLAN  Authorization:  Matrix(su)->set vlanauthorization en able This  example  shows  how  to  enable  VLAN  Authorization  for  port  ge.1.1  for  tagge d [...]

  • Seite 901

    show tacacs Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-63 Configuring T ACACS+ Purpose To  perform  the  following: •R e v i e w  the  T ACACS+  client  and  server  configurations  on  the  device. •E n a b l e  or  disable  the  T ACACS+  client. •S e t [...]

  • Seite 902

    Configuring TACACS+ show tacacs 25-64 Authenticat ion Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  T ACACS  configurat ion  information:  Matrix(ro)->show tacacs TACACS+ state: enabled TACACS+ session accounting state: disabled TACACS+ command author[...]

  • Seite 903

    set tacacs Configu ring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-65 set t a cacs Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  T ACACS+  client. Synt ax set tacacs { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  T ACACS+  client [...]

  • Seite 904

    Configuring TACACS+ set taca cs server 25-66 Authenticat ion Configuration Example This  example  displays  configuration  information  for  all  configured  T ACACS+  serv ers. Matrix(ro)->show tacacs server all TACACS+ Server IP Address Po rt Timeout Status -------------- --------------- -- --- ------- ------- 1 192.[...]

  • Seite 905

    clear tacacs serv er Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-67 clear t acacs server Use  this  command  to  remove  one  or  all  configured  T ACACS+  servers,  or  to  return  the  timeout  va l u e  to  it s  default  val u e  for  one  or [...]

  • Seite 906

    Configuring TACACS+ set tacacs session 25-68 Authenticat ion Configuration Matrix(ro)->show tacacs session auth orization TACACS+ service: exec TACACS+ session authorization A-V p airs: access level attribute value read-only 'priv-lvl' '0' read-write 'priv-lvl' '1' super-user 'priv-lvl' '15&[...]

  • Seite 907

    clear tacacs se ssion Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-69 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  session  accounting  is  enabled,  the  TA C A C S +  serv er  will  log  accounting  information,  such  as  start  and  stop  times, ?[...]

  • Seite 908

    Configuring TACACS+ sh ow tacacs command 25-70 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s At  least  one  of  the  session  authorization  parameters  must  be  specified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  return  only  the  service  name ?[...]

  • Seite 909

    set tacacs comm and Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-71 set t a cacs command Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  T ACACS+  accounting  or  authorization  on  a  per ‐ command  basis.  Synt ax set tacacs command { accounting | aut horization } { enabl[...]

  • Seite 910

    Configuring TACACS+ set tacacs singleconnect 25-72 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s If  state  is  not  s pecified,  all  single  connection  configuration  parameters  are  displayed  (which  at  this  time  includes  only  the  enabled/disabled  state). Mode Switch  command, ?[...]

  • Seite 911

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-1 26 RADIUS Snooping Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  RADIUS  Snooping  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Underst anding RADIUS Snooper RADIUS  Snooper  (RS)  allows  a  netw ork  manager  to  manage  downstream  con[...]

  • Seite 912

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper set radius-snooping 26-2 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration • Globally  enable  RS  on  the  switch •E n a b l e  RS  on  those  ports  yo u  wish  enabled  for  snooping • Optionally  change  the  period  RS  will  wai t  for  a  RADIUS  response[...]

  • Seite 913

    set radius-snooping timeo ut Understanding RADIUS Snoo per Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-3 Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  does  not  enable  RS  on  the  ports  for  this  device.  To  enable  ports  for  RS  see  the  comma[...]

  • Seite 914

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper set radius-snooping port 26-4 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  RS  timeout  to  30  seconds:  Matrix(rw)->set radius-snooping time out 30 set radius-snooping port Use  this  command  to  enable  RS  on  all  or [...]

  • Seite 915

    set radius-snooping flow Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-5 Example This  example  enables  RS  on  ports  ge.1.10  through  ge.1.15,  sets  the  timeout  to  15  seconds  and  enables  drop:  Matrix(rw)->set radius-snooping enab le timeout[...]

  • Seite 916

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper set radius-snooping initialize 26-6 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration set radius-snooping initialize Use  this  command  to  terminate  all  RS  sessions  on  the  system  for  the  spec ified  port  or  MAC  address. Syntax set radius-snooping initialize { port port-strin[...]

  • Seite 917

    clear radius-snooping flow Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-7 clear radius-snooping flow Use  this  command  to  clear  all  entries  or  the  specified  index  entry  from  the  RS  flow  table. Syntax clear radius-snooping flow { all | in dex } Pa[...]

  • Seite 918

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper show radius-snooping port 26-8 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  RADIUS  configuration  information:  Matrix(rw)->show radius-snooping RADIUS Snooping: Enabled Number of configured flows: 2 Active sessions: 12 Enabled ports: fe.1.1-fe.1.8; fe.1.2[...]

  • Seite 919

    show radius-snooping flow Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-9 show radius-snooping flow Use  this  command  to  display  information  for  all  flows  or  the  specified  index  entry  in  the  flow  table. Syntax show radius-snooping flow { index[...]

  • Seite 920

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper show radius-snooping session 26-10 RADIUS Snoo ping Configuration Total RADIUS Access Accepts : 212 Total RADIUS Access Rejects : 26 Invalid RADIUS Request packets : 0 Invalid RADIUS Response packets: 0 Total Dropped Packets : 0 show radius-snooping session Use  this  command  to  display  an  RS  s[...]

  • Seite 921

    show radius-snooping session Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 26-11 Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Only . Examples This  example  displays  RADIUS  configuration  information  for  port  fe.1.1 :  Matrix(rw)->show radius-snooping ses sion port fe.1.1 Port MAC Address Dur[...]

  • Seite 922

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper show radius-snooping session 26-12 RADIUS Snoo ping Configuration[...]

  • Seite 923

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-1 27 MultiAuth Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  MultiA uth  set  of  comman ds  and  how  to  use  them.  Multiple  User  Multiple  Authentication  –  allows  multipl e  users  on  a  give n  port  to ?[...]

  • Seite 924

    Configuring Multiple Authentication set multiauth mode 27-2 MultiAuth Co nfiguration Commands set multiauth mode Use  this  command  to  set  the  system  authentication  mode  to  use  multiple  authe nticators  simultaneously  or  to  strictly  adhere  to  802.1X. Synt ax set multiauth mode[...]

  • Seite 925

    clear multiauth mode Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-3 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  multiple  authentication: Matrix(rw)->set multiauth mode multi clear multiauth mode Use  this ?[...]

  • Seite 926

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth counters 27-4 MultiAuth Co nfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  multiple  authentication  session ‐ timeout  val u e s ,  for  an  active  session: Matrix(su)->show multiauth Multiple authentication system confi guration -----------[...]

  • Seite 927

    set multiauth precedence Configur ing Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-5 lag.0.46 0 0 0 0 lag.0.47 0 0 0 0 lag.0.48 0 0 0 0 set multiauth precedence Use  this  command  to  set  the  system’ s  multiple  authentica tion  administrative  precedence . Synt ax set multiaut[...]

  • Seite 928

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth port 27-6 MultiAuth Co nfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  multiple  authentication  precedence: Matrix(rw)->clear multiauth preceden ce show multiauth port Use  this  command  to  [...]

  • Seite 929

    clear multiauth port Configur ing Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-7 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  port  multipl e  authentication  mode  to  required  on  ge.3.14:[...]

  • Seite 930

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth station 27-8 MultiAuth Co nfiguration show multiauth st ation Use  this  command  to  display  multiple  authenticati on  station  (end  user)  entries. Synt ax show multiauth station [ mac address ] [ port port-string ] Parameters Default s If  no  options  a[...]

  • Seite 931

    show multiauth session Configuring Mu ltiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-9 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  multiple  authentication  station  entry  associated  with  port  fe.1.20: Matrix(rw)->[...]

  • Seite 932

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth idle-timeout 27-10 MultiAuth C onfiguration Termination time: Not Terminated show multiauth idle-timeout Use  this  command  to  display  the  multiple  authentication  timeout  va l u e  for  an  idle  session.  Synt ax show multiauth idle-timeout Paramete[...]

  • Seite 933

    clear multiauth idle-timeout Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-11 Default s If  no  authentica tion  method  is  specified,  the  timeout  va l u e  is  set  for  all  methods. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage A  val u e  of[...]

  • Seite 934

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth session-timeout 27-12 MultiAuth C onfiguration Default s If  no  authentica tion  type  is  specified ,  the  idle  timeout  va l u e  is  retur ned  to  300  seconds  for  all  authentication  types. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t[...]

  • Seite 935

    set multiauth session-timeout Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-13 set multiauth session-timeout Use  this  command  to  set  the  maximum  number  of  seconds  an  authenticate d  session  may  last  before  termination  of  the  ses[...]

  • Seite 936

    Configuring Multiple Authentication clear multiauth session-timeout 27-14 MultiAuth C onfiguration clear multiauth session-timeout Use  this  command  to  clear  session ‐ timeout  va l u e s ,  for  one  or  all  authenti cation  methods,  back  to  the  default  va l u e s . Synt ax clear multi[...]

  • Seite 937

    clear multiauth trap Configur ing Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-15 Parameters Default s All  sending  of  multiauth  traps  disabled. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  multiauth  system  tr[...]

  • Seite 938

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth trap 27-16 MultiAuth C onfiguration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  disable  the  multiauth  system  trap  setting: Matrix(rw)->clear multiauth trap sys tem This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Seite 939

    show multiauth trap Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-17 Matrix(rw)-> This  example  shows  how  to  display  multiple  authentication  trap  system  settings: Matrix(rw)->show multiauth trap syst em System : Disabled Matrix(rw)->[...]

  • Seite 940

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth trap 27-18 MultiAuth C onfiguration[...]

  • Seite 941

    Index-1 Index Numerics 802.1D 6-1 802.1Q 7-1 802.1w 6-1 802.1x 25-54 , 25-65 A Access Groups 24-2 0 Access Lists 24-16 to 24-17 Addresses IP, adding to switch routing table 12-8 MAC, adding entri es to routing table 16-6 MAC, setting for IP r outing 16-17 setting the router ID address 21-24 Advertised Ability 4-30 Alias node 14-1 , 15-1 physical 2-[...]

  • Seite 942

    Index-2 Login administratively configure d 2-8 default 2-7 setting accounts 2-15 via Telnet 2-8 Loop Protect about 6-2 configuring 6-65 Loopback Interfaces 16-1 LSNAT 18-1 , 19-1 M MAC Addresses age time 12-1 1 displaying 12-10 setting in routing mode 16-17 MAC Authentication 25-26 MAC Locking 24-2 Management VLAN 7-2 MD5 Authentication 21-30 Mirro[...]

  • Seite 943

    Index-3 bridge parameters 6-3 features 6-2 Loop Protect feature 6-2 port parameters 6-49 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 6-1 Split Horizon 21- 15 Stub Area s 21-33 Syslog 10-1 System Informati on displaying basic 2-34 setting basic 2-30 T Technical Support 1-2 Telnet disconnecting 11 - 7 enabling in switch mode 2-77 Terminal Settings 2-51 TFTP [...]

  • Seite 944

    Index-4[...]